Upstream linux commit 7523e4dc5057e "module: use a structure to
encapsulate layout." moves some of the struct module members into a
separate struct module_layout.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Do not put the probe function into the __init section, but use the normal
section. This fixes a section mismatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were dropped because they are already applied
upstream:
0012-pinctrl-lantiq-fix-up-pinmux.patch
0013-MTD-lantiq-xway-fix-invalid-operator.patch
0014-MTD-lantiq-xway-the-latched-command-should-be-persis.patch
0015-MTD-lantiq-xway-remove-endless-loop.patch
0016-MTD-lantiq-xway-add-missing-write_buf-and-read_buf-t.patch
0017-MTD-xway-fix-nand-locking.patch
0044-pinctrl-lantiq-introduce-new-dedicated-devicetree-bi.patch
0045-pinctrl-lantiq-Fix-GPIO-Setup-of-GPIO-Port3.patch
0046-pinctrl-lantiq-2-pins-have-the-wrong-mux-list.patch
0047-irq-fixes.patch
0047-mtd-plat-nand-pass-of-node.patch
0060-usb-dwc2-Add-support-for-Lantiq-ARX-and-XRX-SoCs.patch
0120-MIPS-lantiq-add-support-for-device-tree-file-from-bo.patch
0121-MIPS-lantiq-make-it-possible-to-build-in-no-device-t.patch
122-MIPS-store-the-appended-dtb-address-in-a-variable.patch
The PHY driver was reduced to the code adding the LED configuration,
the rest is already upstream:
0023-NET-PHY-adds-driver-for-lantiq-PHY11G.patch
The SPI driver was replaced with the version pending for upstream
inclusion:
New driver:
0090-spi-add-transfer_status-callback.patch
0091-spi-lantiq-ssc-add-support-for-Lantiq-SSC-SPI-controller.patch
Old driver:
0100-spi-add-support-for-Lantiq-SPI-controller.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch add ZyXEL NSA325 2-Bay Media Server
The ZyXEL NSA325 device is a Kirkwood based NAS:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6702 1600Mhz
- SDRAM memory: 512MB DDR2 400Mhz
- Gigabit ethernet: Marvell Alaska
- Flash memory: 128MB
- 1 Power button
- 1 Power LED (blue)
- 5 Status LED (green/red)
- 1 Copy/Sync button
- 1 Reset button
- 2 SATA II ports (internal)
- 2 USB 2.0 ports (back)
- 1 USB 3.0 port (front)
- Fan (fixed speed)
- hardware watchdog in a mcu
Basically a bigger, more powerful version of NSA310,
installation is the same as they share the same flash layout.
A notable difference is that there is a hardware watchdog
in a mcu on the board, which is disabled by default in the LEDE u-boot.
The watchdog is also disabled with a GPIO activation through
raw register change when kwbooting or it would reset the board before
the new uboot was transferred.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove dead code]
switch nsa310b mac address reading to mtd_get_mac_ascii helper as
it seems the fw_env.config file is created way later than when
network is set up, when I tested I still had that file included
in the image through /files folder.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
When we merged all the Geode boards into one generic target, the default
network and LED configuration was lost. Put it back.
Fixes: 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge all geode based subtargets into one")
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Adds preliminary kernel 4.9 support for this target.
- Refreshed/Updated all patches
Added 3 new patches:
- 093 --> Add virtual PCI MMIO mapping
- 230 --> Remove deprecated code
- 240 --> Rework AT24 eeprom code to use the new NVMEM API
Compiled & tested on cns3xxx (gw2388)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add support for the Observa Telecom VH4032N router.
This is another BCM6368 router, 128 MB RAM, 32MB flash and 3 USB
host ports.
The wifi chip is an onboard Broadcom BCM43222.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: use gpio-hog instead of abusing ephy-reset]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q overrides for two targets
These features are built into the kernel image for all targets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Probe the switch through DT instead of a platform device. This fixes
probe, as GPIO offsets are now properly accounted for.
Fixes the following issue:
[ 0.802953] 8021q: 802.1Q VLAN Support v1.8
[ 0.810518] rtl8366_smi: gpio_request failed for 18, err=-517
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
BCM6362 and BCM3380 seem to share the same PRID. Disable serial output
for them until we can find a way to tell them apart reliably.
Fixes: 8f3cfe4ba2 ("brcm63xx: lzma-loader: add BCM3380 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the ADB P.DG AV4202N aka Pirelli PRG AV4202N.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for mapping some GPIO lines to IRQs. GPIO to IRQ mappings
were found out through experimentation, helped by having the GPIO as
output still toggling the IRQ input.
Based-on: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/660534/
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Setting the clear bit for an interrupt seems to cause interrupts to be
deasserted again immediately. So unset the bit for BCM6318 to allow
subsequent interrupts to still work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Default CONSOLE value for ar71xx target is "ttyS0,115200", so there
is no need to specify the same value in device profiles.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This commit reverts 42f3c1f ("arc770: fix broken upstream change")
and simultaneously adds back-ported fix from Linus' tree:
a524c218bc94 ("ARC: [arcompact] brown paper bag bug in unaligned
access delay slot fixup").
Note mentioned patch will appear in stable trees soon as well so
IMHO there's not much sense in adding this separate patch in lede/master branch.
As well as we will get rid of it here in 17.01 once we bump 4.4 kernel here
later down the line.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mtdsplit_lzma requires that the rootfs be aligned to a block boundary.
Pad the kernel partition to make this so.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Leite <leitec@gmail.com>
buildbot fails to build without regmap, which I couldn't reproduce locally.
Hopefully this fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
64 bit support for Raspberry Pi 3 is experimental. However, bcm2709 subtarget
should serve as a stable and compatible 32 bit support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This adds support for Raspberry Pi 3 on the bcm2709 subtarget, in order to
keep 32 bit image support when 64 bit support is added on bcm2710 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Initial idea was to use package with this PHY driver for devices that
need it. Unfortunately this can't work as bgmac is built-in and PHY
probing happens before loading modules - it results in PHY subsystem
picking default (generic) PHY driver.
There were two ways of solving this:
1) Making bcm53xx use bgmac as module
xor
2) Built-in Broadcom PHY driver
After some quick discussion it seems we can simply built-in the driver
as increased kenel size is relatively small (1805 B).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
These are patches queued for 4.11. It adds support for even more hw and
removes some annoying WARN_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's needed for macaddr_add.
Fixes: 50efd403e6 ("bcm53xx: set WAN MAC address to don't share one with LAN interface")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
After "73d923e base-files: emit tagged switch configuration by default"
some default network configurations are broken because the lan and wan
ifnames are forcibly set to untagged netdevs.
Adjust the offending set_interfaces_lan_wan() calls to use the proper
tagged device names.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It just makes code consistent. This trivial change may be a 17.01
candidate to provide simpler backporting experience.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
In kernel 4.9 it's already present so we don't want to overwite it (with
older & API incompatible version).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked
broken, except arc770 and arch38 due to broken toolchain.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon, ramips and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The Sanlinking Technologies D240
(http://www.sanlinking.com/en/29-dual-4g-wifi-router.html) is basically the same
device as the ZBT WE826, so adding support for it in LEDE is straight forward.
The differences is that the D240 has two mini-PCIe slots (instead of one), blue
LEDs and supports PoE.
Specification:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps POE (802.3af/802.3at) Ethernet, 4x 10/100Mbps.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 128 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 2x mini-PCIe slots.
* 2x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
Wifi, USB, switch and both mini-PCIe slots are working. I have not been able to
test the SD card reader.
The device comes pre-installed with an older version of OpenWRT, including Luci.
In order to install LEDE, you need to follow the existing procedure for updating
OpenWRT/LEDE using Luci. I.e., you need to access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to keep
existing settings. The default router address is 192.168.10.1 and
username/password admin/root (at least on my devices).
If you brick the device, the procedure for recovery is the same as for the
WE826. Please see the wiki page for that device for instructions.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
This patch moves the fakeroot code required by some devices to
`image-commands.mk`.
Create the fakeroot on the fly by using the undocumented -s (skip copy)
parameter of mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
[remove unused NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC, remove workarounds to have a dummy
rootfs for mkimage]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The factory image can't be bigger than 3328 KByte. If the image is
bigger than that, the gemtek-header tool throws an error and breaks
the build.
Make sure the output file to which the gemtek header should be added
exists and wasn't removed during the check-size step because of it
size. This will prevent hard errors in case the factory image is to big
similar to what is done for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Commit 71a39b8 ("ipq806x: Fix wireless support for Netgear Nighthawk X4S
D7800") added a trailing TAB char after the backslash which prevents
the assignment of the correct MACs for wifi devices.
Fixes: FS#451
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
After analyzing numerous NVRAMs and vendor firmwares it seems the base
MAC address is used for LAN interface. WAN interface has different one
which sometimes is set directly in NVRAM and sometines needs to be
calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Added the missing audio pcm interface in the .dtsi file for the rt5350
device. The update has been verified from the data get from the datasheet
and is very similar to the mt7620a.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Use a vendor prefix as it has to be for all not core driver. Update the
compatible string in the device tree files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The comptible string is neither added by any LEDE patch nor exists in
in the kernel. Drop the sound node which was obviously added
accidentally with 9195d8da ("ramips: DTS rework").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use only the jedec,spi-nor compatible string. Everything else either
never worked or is only support to keep compatibility.
Remove the linux,modalias property. It is obsolete since kernel 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The setting mmc-ddr-1_8v in the platform dts leads to read errors. The
device is unusable and system reboots in a loop. Because NBG6817 is the
only mmc device, I removed it in base dts.
The second change removes settings now present in base dts.
The third change references was a wrong conversion of constants in the switch settings.
Switch now initializes again.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Refreshed patches for all supported targets.
Compile-tested on ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, mt7621, oxnas and x86/64.
Run-tested on ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6 and mt7621.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This activates the CONFIG_MIPS_APPENDED_RAW_DTB kernel configuration and
configures the F5D8235 V1 target to use append-dtb for kernel creation
instead of OWRTDTB.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This commit introduces CONFIG_MIPS_APPENDED_RAW_DTB as an alternative to
OWRTDTB. Both solutions can be used concurrently until all board
configurations have been changed.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to prepare support for generating tagged switch configurations by
default, explicitely request untagged configs for boards which do not already
request tagging to retain default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Uses upstream code to parse DT supported band/frequency information.
Update existing .dts files to the new format and remove unnecessary
overrides.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We override default Ethernet interface with eth0 which often uses random
MAC due to missing proper NVRAM entry. Fix this by manually assigning
MAC in the config.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
All mvebu boards have three USB LEDs. The first one is used for the
USB1 port.
There are two LEDs related to the second USB port. The top (bar) LED
gets bright in case any USB device is connected to the second USB port.
If the connected device is an USB 3 (SuperSpeed) device, the small dot
LED bellow the "bar" LED gets also bright.
While at it, use a name for the USB LEDs that matches the names printed
on the case.
Fixes: FS#423, FS#425
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownbuild@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a pure rename without any changes. It makes maintaining bgmac
simpler and will hopefully make adding new kernel a bit easier.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Buffalo WCR-1166DS is a small wireless router with
- MT7628AN + MT7612E
- 64MiB DDR2 SDRAM
- 16MiB SPI flash
- 2T2R 11ac/a/b/g/n Wi-Fi
- 2x 10/100M ethernet switch
- 8x programmable LED
- 3x button
- UART pad on PCB (J2: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX)
factory image can be installed via stock web UI.
due to the "dual image" function in the bootloader, the second half of
the SPI flash ("firmware2" partition) cannot be used as a part of the
file system.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
only factory images for DHP-EU and DHP2-JP (fw ver. 2.x) are built.
this will not work for DHP-JP/AP/TW (fw ver. 1.x) because they use
different buffalo_csum() formula.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes logic bug(in function netdev_trig_notify) introduced in
0b2991a8ed commit.
Events triggered by different interfaces were stopping work queue so it
wasn't working for tx/rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Commit 29443e2 (mxs: remove modules.mk, select drivers in the kernel config)
missed to remove these references, so cleanup it now.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The VGV7510KW22BRN and VGV7519BRN do not have the same brnImage
signature. It was accidentally changed with ba42c1d ("lantiq: un-macro
the image building code").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit e79ecb4c26.
The commit was incomplete and the issue that should be fixed isn't
that easy fixable. The Archer C7 mach file is used for the Archer C5,
WDR4900 and WDR7500 as well. Where the WDRs in compare to the Archer
do have blue LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not put the apex images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the apex packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot and ucode images into the kernel build directory as this
directory might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages
InstallDev recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered
current, leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing u-boot images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Bump kernel to 4.4.44. Compile-tested on ar71xx, ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
.44 has been run-tested on the 17.01 branch here on ar71xx and mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
The following changes enables GPIO sysfs as well as the LEDS_GPIO option
within the kernel. This is required to enable LEDs over a GPIO
interface.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The GPL licensed source code of Belkin contains an ASIC based "Green
Feature". This change adds support for this Green Feature that can be
activated with an DTS option or swconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
Before this change only port 4 of F5D8235 V1 worked at 1000Mpbs.
Comparing the current driver with the GPL_BELKIN_F5D8235-4_v1000
v1.01.24 sources showed that additional steps are required to set-up
the rlt8366s switch correctly.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
This change provides the possibility to define per-device initvals in
the DTS file for a rlt8366s switch.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
ramips/rt288x WLI-TX4-AG300N was missing support for its 100Mbit switch which
should be included by default.
Signed-off-by: Yo Abe <abe.geel@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: picked from OpenWrt PR#359, rewrap commit msg, fix Sob]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On some EX2700 devices, the MAC address from the eeprom data differs
from the actual MAC address. Fix that, and cleanup the DTS file
while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This commit adds 4 patches, one per kernel version that was used for
picking updates. This adds support for few new PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
TP-Link Archer C59v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- 8x LED (controled by 74HC595), 3x button
- UART header on PCB
TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Currently not working:
- Port LAN1 on C59, LAN4 on C60
- WiFi 5GHz (missing ath10k firmware for QCA9886 chip)
- Update from oficial web interface ( tplink-saveloader not support "product-info")
Flash instruction:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-cXX-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: remove duplicate ATH79_MACH_ARCHER_C59/C60_V1 entries]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This device has 2 TRX partitions (main one and failsafe one) and Linux
may not detect them properly failing to run userspace.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Even when the disk uses 4k blocks, the partition table still uses units
of 512 byte sectors. Always use ibs=512 for the offsets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The ZyXEL NSA310 device is a Kirkwood based NAS:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6702 1200Mhz
- SDRAM memory: 256MB DDR2 400Mhz
- Gigabit ethernet: Realtek (over pcie)
- Flash memory: 128MB
- 1 Power button
- 1 Power LED (blue)
- 5 Status LED (green/red)
- 1 Copy/Sync button
- 1 Reset button
- 2 SATA II port (1 internal and 1 external)
- 2 USB 2.0 ports (1 front and 1 back)
- Smart fan
The stock u-boot cannot read ubi so it should be replaced with the
LEDE/OpenWRT's u-boot or with a u-boot from here
https://github.com/mibodhi/u-boot-kirkwood
This device's boot ROM supports "kwboot" tool
(in mainline u-boot, built automatically if CONFIG_KIRKWOOD is declared)
that sends an uboot image to the board over serial connection, it is very easy to unbrick.
The stock bootloader can use usb and read from FAT filesystems,
so the installation process is simple, place the uboot file on a USB flashdrive
formatted as FAT (here it is "openwrt-kirkwood-nsa310.bin", then connect TTL
to the board and write the following commands in the bootloader console:
usb reset
fatload usb 0 0x1000000 openwrt-kirkwood-nsa310.bin
nand write 0x1000000 0x00000 0x100000
reset
Now you are rebooting in the new u-boot, write this in its console to install the firmware:
usb reset
fatload usb 0 0x2000000 lede-kirkwood-nsa310b-squashfs-factory.bin
nand erase.part ubi
nand write 0x2000000 ubi 0x600000
If your firmware file is bigger than 6 MiBs you should write its size in hex
instead of 0x600000 above, or remove that number entirely (it will take a while in this case).
If you are using another uboot that can read ubi, set mtdparts like this
mtdparts=mtdparts=orion_nand:0x00c0000(uboot),0x80000(uboot_env),0x7ec0000(ubi)
And set your bootcmd to be like this
bootcmd=run setenv bootargs; ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x800000 kernel; bootm 0x800000
Then you can install the firmware as described above.
After you installed (or configured) the u-boot for booting the firmware,
write the device's mac address in the ethaddr u-boot env.
The MAC address is usually on a sticker under the device (one of the two codes is the serial),
it should begin with "107BEF" as it is assigned to ZyXEL.
write in the u-boot console (use your MAC address instead of the example)
setenv ethaddr 10:7B:EF:00:00:00
saveenv
to save the mac address in the u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Instead of referencing u-boot packages from device profiles and having a
-all metapackage, make the u-boot packages hidden (they don't install to
bin/ anyway), and name the files in KERNEL_BUILD_DIR appropriately
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
According to some reports, -march=pentium-mmx is a better choice for
older Geode CPUs than -march=geode anyway.
Bump the minimum architecture of the legacy target from i486 to
pentium-mmx. Anything older is not worth supporting anyway.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The le64 and be64 subtargets do not share a package architecture with
any other targets, so they are pretty wasteful for a development-only
target.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
While rt288x only has a MIPS 4KEc processor, it implements the MIPS32r2
architecture just like the 24Kc, so the instruction set should be 100%
compatible.
Switching it to 24kc allows it to share the package architecture with a
lot of other targets instead of creating a special case, saving
buildbot resources.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Support Abicom International Scorpion SC450 Board
QCA9550 700MHz Extended Temperature Range
256MB DDR2
256MB NAND Flash
16MB NOR Flash
10/100/1000 Ethernet
15W Max, 3x3 Mode, Full Power TX Power
802.3-at POE+ & DC Input options
100x 85mm
USB
PCIe
SFP
GPIO/LED
Signed-off-by: Conor O'Gorman <i@conorogorman.net>
Support Abicom International Scorpion SC300M Module
QCA9550 700MHz Extended Temperature Range
256MB DDR2
256MB Nand Flash
16MB SPI Flash
802.11a/na/b/g/ng
GPIO x 22, USB x2, PCIe x2
10/100/1000 Ethernet
23dBm, Optional Onboard Antenna
DC Input, 8-20V DC
85 x 55 mm
Signed-off-by: Conor O'Gorman <i@conorogorman.net>
Changes the platform to use the Chipidea driver instead of the
generic USB host driver which has support for both host and
device modes (selected on boot).
The changes in 930-chipidea-pullup.patch are already in mainline.
I'll upstream 920-usb-chipidea-AR933x-platform-support.patch once I
can test the changes with a newer kernel.
Signed-off-by: Svetoslav Neykov <svetoslav@neykov.name>
erlite mtdparts exposes boot0, boot1 and eeprom regions
as read/write.
this patch adds readonly flags, so these regions can't be
modified. same as it is already for ER profile.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
Disabling ethernet during reboot (only to enable it again when the
ethernet driver attaches) can put the chip into a faulty state where it
corrupts the header of all incoming packets.
This happens if packets arrive during the time window where the core is
disabled, and it can be easily reproduced by rebooting while sending a
flood ping to the broadcast address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since the MIPS IRQ stack patches, lantiq devices were emitting a storm
of messages like this:
[ 567.872172] Spurious IRQ: CAUSE=0x1100c300
Fix this by reworking the IRQ dispatch code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds support for the Netgear WN3000RPv3
http://www.netgear.com/support/product/wn3000rpv3.aspx
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (580MHz, ramips)
- RAM: 32MB DDR
- Storage: 8MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin MT7620A, 2x2:2 with u.FL connectors
- Ethernet: 1x100M
- Serial: JP1 header, 57600-8N1
- Stock firmware based on OpenWRT Kamikaze
Like the EX2700, the bootloader expects a secondary image signature,
see https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=312577#p312577
This is why the same fakeroot image is used for the WN3000
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The soft_config partition must be writeable for rbcfg to be able to
enact changes to the routerboot configuration.
The read-only flag was a mistake in the initial patch. Removing it
brings mach-rb941.c in line with all other RB platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
D7800 has a simular hardware to R7800 and uses dual QCA9980 for both 2.4GHz and 5GHz band.
However there is no proper initialization for them, which causes a kernel panic due to failed firmware loading.
This patch adds d7800 to ath10k caldata extraction list.
I can get two functional wireless bands after making change to it.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Jingye <934526987@qq.com>
For the miwifi-mini, the offset of ethernet mac should be 0x28
which you can easyily dump from 'Factory' partition.
Signed-off-by: BangLang Huang <banglang.huang@foxmail.com>
This change adds the sp5100_tco driver as a kernel module for the x86
target. Specifically, this can be used by the PCEngines APU2/APU3. The
reason for having this as a kernel module is to allow users to
load/unload it on demand, as the I2C interface on the APU2/APU3 will not
work while this module is loaded. More info can be found on GitHub at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-APU2/pull/5#issuecomment-255667736
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This adds the following patches to the x86 target:
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Mullins platform support
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Carrizo platform support
sp5100_tco: fix the device check for SB800 and later chipsets
watchdog: sp5100_tco: properly check for new register layouts
With these added, the sp5100_tco driver can then be used on newer AMD
platforms, such as the PCEngines APU2/APU3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Mikrotik RB411U has only one ethernet port - eth0. This patch allows to create
correct config with one lan section.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Add full support for Mikrotik RB-941-2nD (hAP lite)
Original patch by Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net> and
more information is available here:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb941_2nd
I updated and adapted the patch to apply cleanly to LEDE trunk
and added proper numbering for the switch ports (matching case
labels).
Tested working on actual hardware with the information
provided in the above webpage. Sysupgrade works.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove the wget2nand script, drop the need for manual installation,
use sysupgrade instead.
There are now two different NAND images, one for 64 MiB flashes, the
other for >= 128 MiB
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Running ar8327_get_arl_entry() early after boot leads to MDIO related system
lockups on several devices using this driver.
Since dumping the ARL table contens is an optional, uncritical feature, simply
disable the code for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This fixes hangs in igb that happen if the update call interrupts an
already existing dev_get_stats call. In that case the calling CPU
deadlocks because it's trying to acquire the same spinlock recursively.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This specifies wireless limitations for Netgear R8000 making sure people
won't use channels incorrectly (limited performance). There are also 2
new DTS files not used by us yet.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
At the moment we have 2 seperate device tree sources: 1 for ipq8064 soc located
in kernel source and 1 custom in LEDE for ipq8065.
ipq8064 and ipq8065 SoCs are completely identical except ipq8065 has higher cpu
frequencies and adjusted corresponding power supply.
This commit makes ipq8065 DTS to contain only specific for ipq8065 DT entries while
pulling all the basic SoC stuff from ipq8064 DTS.
It makes easier to manage ipq806x device trees and instead of committing changes into
2 seperate equal DTS we are ending up with only 1.
It also enables ipq8065 devices to automatically receive changes made in upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
According to Qualcomm SDK usb3 phy suspend should be disabled for
ipq806x.
This may solve issue on some ipq806x devices that breaks usb3
storage peripherals during system boot.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Onion Omega2 and Omega2+ (https://onion.io)
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN (580MHz, ramips)
- Omega2
- RAM: 64MB DDR
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash onboard
- Omega2+
- RAM: 128MB DDR
- Storage: 32MB NOR SPI flash onboard + microSD slot
- Wireless: Built into MT7688AN (mt76) with onboard 1x chip antenna and u.FL connecter
- Ethernet: 1x100M pins on Omega2 & Omega2+, can use Ethernet Expansion and an Omega Dock to get a physical Ethernet port
- Strongly recommend using the Omega2 & Omega2+ with a Dock (Expansion Dock, Power Dock, Arduino Dock 2, Mini Dock)
- All Docks Provide:
- Micro-USB port to provide power to the Omega
- On the Expansion and Mini Docks, can also access the terminal (UART0) via serial
- USB 2.0 socket connected to Omega
- Just the Expansion Dock, Power Dock, and Arduino Dock 2 provide:
- Omega GPIO breakout
- Allows for connection of Omega Expansions:
- Ethernet Expansion
- Relay Expansion
- PWM Expansion
- OLED Expansion
- Ethernet Expansion
- Proto Expansion
- Cellular Expansion
Signed-off-by: Lazar Demin <lazar@onion.io>
I made a commit that added the RTC driver to the kernel config with
the intent that it would fix hctosys. Unfortunately while the RTC
driver is in there, it's connected through I2C, the driver for which
comes in module form and is thus loaded late. After this commit, it
works fine.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Prevents crashes when IRQs arrive when the current kernel stack context
already contains deeply nested function calls, e.g. when stacking lots
of network devices on top of each other
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify switch configuration on Linksys WRTxx00AC series.
LAN = eth0, WAN = eth1
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[Álvaro]: also change WAN LEDs
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This reduces the amount of hacks in the makefile code.
Remove the apm821xx code to do the same - it was broken and left both
compressed and uncompressed images in $(BIN_DIR)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It could cause crashes with some forms of virtualization, and it is
unlikely to work properly with most systems.
It's safer to just disable it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There's a GPIO that can switch between power to USB pins for the
internal MiniPCIe slot or the external USB port.
People are more likely to use the external one so enable it by default.
Existing configurations should be unaffected
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Is it used by VMware Fusion by default. This allows images to boot
without further config changes in VMware.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Partition label "linux" prevents the root file system to be mounted at
boot time leading to a kernel panic. After changing it to "firmware",
the 2 uimage partitions "kernel", "rootfs" and squashfs "rootfs_data"
are correctly recognized.
The attached IP175C 10/100 MBit switch cannot connect to a link with
fixed 1000Mbit speed. The correct link speed is 100MBit. The switch
is detected and can be configured via mdio bus and should allow two
separable VLANs to be configured for the 4 available ports.
Signed-off-by: Yo Abe <abe.geel@gmail.com>
[picked from openwrt/PR#330]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for the VoCore VoCore2 and its complementary
"ultimate" dock.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz, ramips)
- RAM: 128MB DDR2 166MHz
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash onboard + microSD slot on dock
- Wireless: Built into MT7628AN (mt76) with 1T1R firmware on VoCore2
boards with onboard 1x chip antenna
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0) on dock, 1x100M (port2) on PCB header
- Dock hardware:
- USB 2.0 socket
- MicroSD socket
- 100Mbps Ethernet x1
- 3.5mm headphone jack (TRRS) connected to Everest Semi ES8388 I2S
DAC/ADC (support WIP)
- Micro USB for power and console (UART2)
Initial installation:
- VoCore2 comes preinstalled with a fork of OpenWrt CC and AP on
SSID "VoCore2"
- Connect to VoCore2 by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- `ssh root@192.168.1.1` (password is "vocore")
- scp/wget/etc. LEDE sysupgrade.bin to VoCore2
- `sysupgrade -n <your image>.bin` (don't keep old config, as the
original firmware uses Ralink SDK Wi-Fi drivers and not
mt76+mac80211)
- after sysupgrade completes, Wi-Fi will be disabled by default so use
Ethernet or the micro USB console to configure Wi-Fi again
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This patch adds support for serial console on Mikrotik RB411 and RB433
series devices.
Signed-off-by: David Varga <duvi@duvinet.hu>
[picked from FS#377]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The hardware queue scheduling is apparently configured with fixed
priorities, which creates a nasty fairness issue where traffic from one
CPU can starve traffic from all other CPUs.
Work around this issue by forcing all tx packets to go through one CPU,
until this issue is fixed properly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit af79fdbe4a changed the code to use tx_nbits for dual SPI tx
transfers, however the SPI stack only allows this when the device mode
includes the relevant bit as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This code was marked as incompatible to Linux 4.4 well over a year ago
and nobody cared, and now it's breaking builds.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This target has consistently failed builds for a long time and it does
not look like it has any users left, nor any maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Without this patch swconfig will only allow setting up a total of 16
VLANs, with VLAN ID range of 0-15.
Tested on ubnt-erx.
Signed-off-by: Antonis Kanouras <antonis@metadosis.eu>
Fixing pvs1 bin voltage as found in GPL tarball and Qualcomm SDK.
Also adjusting smb208_s2a/b minimum voltage to reflect lowest value in pvs table.
Current ipq8065 devices in LEDE choose (based on eFuse data) pvs bin n4, that has
correct values in DT, but in future a new device may choose n1 or n6.
Without this change n1 is semi-correct and n6 is not available, because OPP driver
disregards bins with voltage values that regulator cannot supply.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This adds USB initialization fixes for Danube, Amazon SE and xrx300 and
should fix the clock on at least Danube which hopefully closes FS#351.
The xrx200 usb driver now uses more memory for the dwc2 fifos, this was
increased in the chip compared to ar9.
This is based in part on the vendor documentation and the vendor code
base as a reference.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The DMA controller used only local locks, which will not lock the
section against other CPUs, fix this by using spin locks.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that we generate images with metadata attached, require it in order
to prevent accidentally flashing the wrong image to a board.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add support for the integrated AC97 sound device on motherboards
with AMD CS5535/CS5536 chipsets.
Tested on Wyse Winterm S30.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
The boot loader of many boards provides a kernel boot argument with a
broken console parameter to the kernel. This will be taken before the
stdout-path defined in device tree and the serial will not work on this
board. Multiple boards are affected by this problem, so revert this
patch for all boards. Later we can remove the boot arguments from the
device tree again, after the individual board was checked to work.
This partly reverts this commit:
commit 4995c64857
Author: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Date: Sun Dec 11 21:55:00 2016 +0100
lantiq: specify console using stdout-path instead of cmdline argument
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
To achieve this, device tree compatible string was used as boardname and
the value of it will be checked against supported_devices list.
It should be noted that we do not distinguish between
sun5i-a13-olimex-som and sun5i-a13-olinuxino as they share the same dts
file.
The other thing is that we need to gunzip the generated firmware to do
fwtool check.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Enalbe builtin support for FAT filesystem as we need to mount boot
partition to store sysupgrade.tgz there
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Two things that need to be noted
- There is no partition type id allocated for squashfs yet. In the
case of sunxi, any non-zero value should work and we keep it 83 (the
value for ext4)
- Remaining spare space within the rootfs partition, not the entire
sdcard space will be formated as either f2fs or ext4 and mounted as
overlay to serve the role of rootfs_data.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The new Device/xxx were transformed automatically from old profiles.
Most device names are now taken from basename of the corresponding
kernel device tree file. Device/sun5i-a13-olimex-som is an exception
because it is not explicitly supported in the kernel yet and shares the
same dts file with Device/sun5i-a13-olinuxino
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
To squash error messages at boot time
mv: can't rename '/mnt/sysupgrade.tgz': No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The kernel will detect if the host supports this, so we can just enable
it in the kernel config.
Tested on an APU2 with AES-NI support and a KVM VM on a Xeon E5520 host
without AES-NI support.
Throughput over an IPsec tunnel between these 2 hosts increased from
~63Mbps to ~140Mbps. Ciphers: AES_GCM_16_256/PRF_HMAC_SHA2_512/ECP_521.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
WL500GPv1 profile included ath5k which made it usable only for people
who decided to replace default BCM4318 card with Atheros one. We can't
have profile for every possible configuration. If someone adjusts hw in
such a way he can always install a proper package.
WRTSL54GS profile got extra packages for a specific USB usage. Our
standard profile provides basic USB and we should stick to this. We
can't make everyone happy by including packages for all common USB use
cases and all common filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The powerpc boot wrapper Makefile is not parallel build safe, causing fixdep
to fail reading dependency files of the addnote, hack-coff and mktree
utilities when concurrently building different image targets.
A typical failure looks like:
Building modules, stage 2.
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/addnote
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff
DTC arch/powerpc/boot/taishan.dtb
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/addnote
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff
MODPOST 800 modules
fixdep: error opening depfile: arch/powerpc/boot/.hack-coff.d: No such file or directory
scripts/Makefile.host:91: recipe for target 'arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff] Error 2
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
fixdep: error opening depfile: arch/powerpc/boot/.addnote.d: No such file or directory
scripts/Makefile.host:91: recipe for target 'arch/powerpc/boot/addnote' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/powerpc/boot/addnote] Error 2
rm arch/powerpc/boot/taishan.dtb
arch/powerpc/Makefile:263: recipe for target 'cuImage.taishan' failed
make[4]: *** [cuImage.taishan] Error 2
make[4]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Add a GNU make specific .NOTPARALLEL pseudo rule to enforce sequential building
of the addnote, hack-coff and mktree executables.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This allows more feature complete images. Of course it affect the size,
e.g. enabling b43 bumped rootfs from 1569618 to 2029122 for me.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This chip has write protection enabled on power-up, so this flag is
necessary to support write operations.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shyba <victor1984@riseup.net>
This flag was added to 4.9 with upstream commit
76a4707de5e18dc32d9cb4e990686140c5664a15.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shyba <victor1984@riseup.net>
[refresh and adjust platform patches, fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
LS1088A is an ARMv8 implementation combining eight ARM A53 processor
cores. The LS1088ARDB is an evaluatoin platform that supports the
LS1088A family SoCs.
Features summary:
- Eight 64-bit ARM v8 Cortex-A53 CPUs
- Data path acceleration architecture 2.0 (DPAA2)
- Ethernet interfaces
- QUADSPI flash, 3 PCIe, 2 USB, 1 SD, 2 DUARTs etc
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
In case the soft reset in dwc2_core_reset() timeouts, the
hsotg->core_params are freed albeit it is owned by the core. This
results into a kernel panic as shown in FS#351.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the the dt-bindings macros and add the reset button.
Set the correct polarity for the LEDs and drop the default state.
Remove all trigger for the LEDs. According to the manual the LEDs are
only used to show the operation state, where blue means normal
operation.
Use the MAC-Addresses stored in EEPROM for the ethernet and the
wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
[use leds only for boot status indication, add proper commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This commit introduced a syntax error in ox820-akitio.dts which is
fixed now:
commit 5cde94d9ab
Author: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Date: Sat Sep 24 01:14:53 2016 +0200
oxnas: backport upstream NAND driver
This caused the folowing error message in the build bot:
Error: arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dts:146.3-147.1 syntax error
FATAL ERROR: Unable to parse input tree
scripts/Makefile.lib:293: recipe for target 'arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dtb' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dtb] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We have profile for this device thanks to DEVICE_PACKAGES now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Cc: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
We don't use this driver since commit 741715331a ("bcm53xx: switch to
m25p80 and drop bcm53xxspiflash").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
There was a typo in Makefile that prevented using these profiles.
Fixes: a75ce960ac ("ramips: use different board names for variants")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
depending packages have been moved to kernel-config
- kmod-xen-kbddev in 9fde361
- kmod-xen-fs, kmod-xen-evtchn, kmod-xen-netdev in 018807d
this will also fix imagebuilder
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
crypto4xx_probe() is in the __init section and referenced by code form
other sections, which causes a build error. Backport a patch from
mainline kernel to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following commit changed the build templates name but forgot to
update the TARGET_DEVICES variable properly.
commit f9226158be (lantiq: rename EASY98000 to EASY98000NOR)
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The generic lzma-loader uses vmlinux.lzma as an input to compress so we
need to provide a lzma compressed version of the initramfs kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The power LED can not be used for indicating the xDSL line state and
the in system (boot) state at the same time in LEDE. As soon as the
xDSL Line goes down, the power LED is switched off.
During xDSL handshake the power led would blink with the same or a
similar pattern as during boot.
Both might confuse users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to a hardware bug of Atheros 8030 phys, the driver need to reset
the phys on link state change.
Use the correct compatible string for the at903x phys connected to
switch port 0 and 1.
Fix the pinmux of the gpio lines connected to the reset pin of the phys
and define the reset-pins to let the driver do the fixups.
Fixes FS#343
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use different names for flash size related board variants, to make sure
that only images for the actual flash size are considered as valid by
the image validation code.
Remove the flash size suffix from the string returned by
ramips_board_detect() to ensure that existing scripts relying on the
former used boardname are still working.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The name from the Device define will be used in the metadata. Due to
typos/different spelling, this name might not match the one exported in
/lib/ramips.sh.
Fix all name mismatches which were found by checking if the name used
in the metadata exists in /lib/ramips.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use a distinct board name even if the board is near to identical to
the WeVO W2914NS v2.
To make sure that a 11AC NAS image can not be installed on a
WeVO W2914NS v2, both board need to use different names.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove dt: it is implicitly enabled based on the kernel config
Remove tar.gz and jffs2_nand: Legacy build code has been removed,
NAND devices are only supported with UBI now.
Remove ubifs: deprecated, use squashfs images instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The priv->vlan_id member is of size AR8X16_MAX_VLANS, not AR8X16_MAX_PORTS,
so check for the proper maximum value in order to avoid capping valid VLAN IDs
to 7 (AR8X16_MAX_PORTS - 1).
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Enabled Hyper-V network interface card driver, display adapter driver,
storage driver, keyboard driver, mouse driver and Hyper-V utility and
EFI boot support in the kernel for subtarget x86/64.
Convert the img file to vhd by Ubuntu qemu-img, rather than by the buildroot's
built-in qemu-img.
Tested on Windows Server 2008 r2 and 2012 r2 Gen1 and Gen2 VMs.
Signed-off-by: Tedaz <tedaz99999@hotmail.com>
Add full support for TP-Link RE450.
The wireless SoC is similiar to Archer C7: QCA9558 + QCA9880 (pci).
The ethernet interface is AR8035, but the mdio is connected to the gpio and
the chipset builtin mdio bus isn't used, which is unique (and weird), so the
kernel gpio mdio module is used.
The two ethernet leds are connected to the GPIO, so they are both configured,
one to indicate link status and the other to indicate data transfer.
The generation of the image was added to the image Makefile.
The return value of tplink-safeloader is not ignored anymore (to fail on error)
The result factory image is flashable from the stock web ui.
Signed-off-by: Tal Keren <kooolk@gmail.com>
[rd@radekdostal.com: ar71xx: RE450: do not build RE450 for nand]
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
[hyniu@o2.pl: ar71xx: RE450: Renaming LED accordance with the standard]
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[jo@mein.io: squash fixes from Radek and Henryk into original commit]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The firmware image that is used in TP-Link RE450 (and some more devices from
the RE series) is tplink-safeloader.
In the kernel partition, the kernel is compressed in a regular tp-link
firmware that is just used for booting. Since it is only used for compressing
and booting, only four fields are filled in the header:
Vendor, version, kernel load address and kernel entry point.
mktplinkfw-kernel is a simpler version of mktpolinkfw that generate such
images. It also specifies the hardware id (as it is in the product info
section), so when doing a sysupgrade - the existing code will check for
hardware compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Tal Keren <kooolk@gmail.com>
[rd@radekdostal.com: add build target to .../image/tp-link.mk]
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
mktplinkfw ignores -j in combined mode, the EOF marker is added by
tplink-safeloader.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In the latest version of grub-mkimage, the prefix option is mandatory.
Not supplying it fails with:
```
Prefix not specified (use the -p option).
```
In grub-2.02-beta2 a DEFAULT_DIRECTORY was defined
in `include/grub/osdep/hostfile_unix.h` as:
```
#if defined (__NetBSD__)
/* NetBSD uses /boot for its boot block. */
# define DEFAULT_DIRECTORY "/"GRUB_DIR_NAME
#else
# define DEFAULT_DIRECTORY "/"GRUB_BOOT_DIR_NAME"/"GRUB_DIR_NAME
#endif
```
Where:
* GRUB_BOOT_DIR_NAME == boot
* GRUB_DIR_NAME == grub
This was used if the -p option was omitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This patch is part of a series adding support for 0x9200 and 0x9300. The
prior was merged into the upstream kernel while the latter was not due
to lack of testers. Drop the patch as it is untested and most likely
unused.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When running sysupgrade for the first time over the second partition
(that still had stock firmware) the rootfs wasn't flashed as there
wasn't enough space.
This happend because stock also uses UBI, but the volume name wasn't
recognised and wasn't deleted before flashing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
The si3210 is a SLIC device providing a complete analog telephone
interface and therefore frequently used in soho router.
The si3210 have a native spi interface to be controlled by the CPU
but currently there is no dedicated driver in lede.
Adding a registration for this device in spidev allow to control the
device in user space.
This way of patching is also in line with the rationale of the spidev
driver, see: http://marc.info/?t=148145791900001&r=1&w=2
The si3210 has been also added in the DWR-512 DT to properly describe
the HW.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
While researching for the armvirt target, I looked at the
existing arm platforms. It turns out that the mediatek target
with its sole MT7623N/A chip is sold as a "highly integrated
multimedia network router system-on-chip". To that end, it
lists support for the "NEON multimedia processing engine with
SIMDv2 / VFPv4 ISA support".
<http://topics.mediatek.com/en/products/connectivity/wifi/home-network/wifi-ap/mt7623na/>
So this patch enables the CPU_SUBTYPE to use this information.
This should have the nice side effect that LEDE's phase2 builders
no longer need to built a separate "cortex-a7" target, so this
should free up some resources.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Bump & refresh patches for all 4.4 targets.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fix the mtd partition layout and enable both radios in the dts
Tested-by Andrius Štikonas <andrius@stikonas.eu>
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
The TL-WR842N v2 has the following switch port layout with swconfig port 0
being connected to eth1:
Power LAN4 LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 WAN USB
(*) | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [.]
swconfig port: 1 4 3 2 n/a
netdev: eth1 eth1 eth1 eth1 eth0
Adjust the board defaults to match this model specific layout.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The imagetag RSA signature field may not exceed 20 characters, so trim the
Git hash portion from the REVISION variable in order to ensure that the
resulting string fits within this field.
The current revision values may be longer than 20 chars, especially when
building within a dirty tree. In this case, the revision will look like
"r2435+75-b4aa3c8" which, combined with the "LEDE-" prefix, is 21 chars long.
Fixes the following error spotted by the buildbots:
Error: RSA Signature (rsa_signature,r) too long.
make[4]: *** [.../lede-brcm63xx-generic-NEUFBOX6-squashfs-cfe.bin] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch add the 3G modem DWM-158 to the usb-serial option driver.
The DWM-158 is a pcie 3G modem. It is embedded in the DWR-512 modem
supportet by lede. The patch has been submitted and merged in the upstream
linux-next repository.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
This patch adds supports for the WNR2000v1 board with 4MB flash, and
produces device-specific factory, rootfs, and sysupgrade files for the
WNR2000v1. This board is errorneously claimed as supported on the OpenWRT
wiki as AP81, but AP81 image would not work because of APT81 image
requiring having 8MB of flash, while WNR2000v1 has only 4MB.
The image requires the u-boot bootloader to be modified to fuhry's
bootloader first.
Short specification:
- CPU: Atheros AR9132
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 1x WAN 10/100 Mbps
- 4 MB of Flash
- 32 MB of RAM
- UART header (J1) on board
- 1x button
Factory/Initial flash instructions:
- Set up a TFTP server on your local machine.
- Download the uImage for ar71xx-generic and the rootfs image for
ar71xx-generic-wnr2000 and save in the tftp server root.
- Gain serial access to the router via the UART port (telnetenable over
the network only won't work!).
- Upgrade the u-boot bootloader to fuhry's version by running the
script: http://fuhry.com/b/wnr2000/install-repart.sh
- When the router restarts, interrupt u-boot and gain access to u-boot command line.
- Repartititon the board and flash initial uImage and rootfs as follow.
Commands to type in u-boot:
# tells u-boot that we have a tftp server on 192.168.1.10
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10
# tells u-boot that the router should take the address 192.168.1.1
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
# erase the region from 0x050000-0x3f0000
erase 0xbf050000 +0x3A0000
# loads sqfs.bin on TFTP server, and put it to memory address 0x81000000
tftpboot 0x81000000 sqfs.bin
# it will tell you the length of sqfs.bin in hex, let's say ZZZZZZ
# copy bit by bit 0xZZZZZZ bytes from offset 0x050000
cp.b 0x81000000 0xbf050000 0xZZZZZZ
# same to the uImage.bin, write it right next to sqfs.bin
# again, 0xYYYYYY is the length that tftpboot reports
tftpboot 0x81000000 uImage.bin
cp.b 0x81000000 0xbf2a0000 0xYYYYYY
# We need to tell the kernel what board it is booting into, and where to find the partitions
setenv bootargs "board=WNR2000 console=ttyS0,115200 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env)ro,3712k(firmware),64k(art)ro rootfstype=squashfs,jffs2 noinitrd"
# Tell u-boot where to find the uImage
setenv bootcmd "bootm 0xbf2a0000"
# Tell u-boot to save parameters to the u-boot-env partitions
saveenv
# Reset the board
reset
Tested on:
- WNR2000v1 board.
- Initial flash works.
Known bugs:
- I don't know why factory image doesn't work on initial flash on stock
firmware in u-boot recovery mode while it should.
- Sysupgrade does not yet work, if you do -f it will mess up your
installation (requiring a reinstall of sqfs and uImage).
Signed-off-by: Huan Truong <htruong@tnhh.net>
The xt_id match was used by the firewall3 package to track its own rules but
the approach has been changed to use xt_comment instead now, so we can drop
this nonstandard extension.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
These patches were queued for 4.10. For possible use cases see added:
[PATCH] ubifs: Use dirty_writeback_interval value for wbuf timer
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This also makes the detection more flexible, as it doesn't need to check
for each model explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This board is very old and unlikely to still be relevant today. Support
for it contains a significant amount of device specific baggage which is
worth getting rid of.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There are many targets using user space scripts to generate firmware but
bcm53xx doesn't need this, so let's disable that kernel option.
This lets us avoid some scary-looking kernel warnings like:
brcmfmac 0001:04:00.0: Falling back to user helper
firmware brcm!brcmfmac43602-pcie.txt: firmware_loading_store: map pages failed
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
/etc/preinit has been the default init-script for a very long time (at
least since Linux 2.6.30 in OpenWrt). Remove the kernel command line
"init" parameter to get rid of duplicate and inconsistent definitions
of this parameter (some boards, like FRITZ3370 for example did not use
it at all, while it's just copy and paste on others).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use devicetree's /chosen/stdout-path instead of the kernel command line
(embedded in the .dts-files) to specify the serial console. Using the
chosen node is recommended on devicetree based platforms.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
YunCore SR3200 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9882+QCA8337N.
YunCore XD3200 (FCC ID: 2ADUG-XD3200) is a dual-band AC1200 ceiling mount
AP with PoE support, based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563+QCA9882+QCA8334.
Common specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB or RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, with ext. PA (SKY65174-21), up to 30 dBm
- 2T2R 5 GHz, with ext. PA (SKY85405-11) and LNA (SKY85601-11), up to 30 dBm
SR3200 specification:
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x ext. RP-SMA antennas (actually, only 4 are connected with radio chips)
- 3x LED (+ 5x LED in RJ45 sockets), 1x button
- UART header on PCB
XD3200 specification:
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with 802.3at PoE support (WAN port)
- 4x internal antennas
- 3 sets of LEDs on external PCB (+ 2x LED near RJ45 sockets), 1x button
- UART and JTAG (custom 6-pin, 2 mm pitch) headers on PCB
LED for 5 GHz WLAN is currently not supported on both devices as it is
connected directly to the QCA9882 radio chip.
Flash instruction under vendor firmware, using telnet/SSH:
1. If your firmware does not have root password, go to point 5
2. Connect PC with 192.168.1.x address to LAN or WAN port
3. Power up device, enter failsafe mode with button (no LED indicator!)
4. Change root password and reboot (mount_root, passwd ..., reboot -f)
5. Upload lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin to /tmp using SCP
6. Connect PC with 192.168.188.x address to LAN port, SSH to 192.168.188.253
7. Invoke:
- cd /tmp
- fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9fe80000 || bootm 0x9f050000"
- mtd -e firmware -r write lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin firmware
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9fe80000 || bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add support for NXP layerscape ls1046ardb 64b/32b Dev board.
LS1046ARDB Specification:
-------------------------
Memory subsystem:
* 8GByte DDR4 SDRAM (64bit bus)
* 512 Mbyte NAND flash
* Two 64 Mbyte high-speed SPI flash
* SD connector to interface with the SD memory card
* On-board 4G eMMC
Ethernet:
* Two XFI 10G ports
* Two SGMII ports
* Two RGMII ports
PCIe:
* PCIe1 (SerDes2 Lane0) to miniPCIe slot
* PCIe2 (SerDes2 Lane1) to x2 PCIe slot
* PCIe3 (SerDes2 Lane2) to x4 PCIe slot
* USB 3.0: one super speed USB 3.0 type A port, one Micro-AB port
* UART: supports two UARTs up to 115200 bps for console
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
This attribute is not evaluated any more and the boot loader on these
reference boards does not provide a broken root= or console= parameter.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add an extra function to patch the mac and fixup the checksum
afterwards. Calculate the checksum position automatically. The offset
to the mac address is the same for all checksum protected EEPROMs.
No EEPROM requires a byte swapped mac address. The mac byte swap code
was required due to an bug in the script that is now fixed.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The EEPROM data in the flash of the ARV7518PW, ARV8539PW22,
BTHOMEHUBV2B and BTHOMEHUBV3A is stored byte-swapped (swab16), meaning
that for example the ath9k base_eep_header fields "version" (high and
low byte), "opCapFlags" and "eepMisc" are swapped (the latter ones are
just 1 byte wide, thus their position is swapped).
The old "ath,eep-endian" property enabled the corresponding swapping
logic in the ath9k driver (swab16 in ath9k_hw_nvram_swap_data, which is
based on the magic bytes in the EEPROM data which have nothing to do
with the calibration data - thus this logic should not be used
anymore).
Since we have switched to the upstream ath9k devicetree bindings there
is no binding anymore which enables swab16 in ath9k (as this logic is
not recommended anymore as explained above), leading to ath9k
initialization errors:
ath: phy0: Bad EEPROM VER 0x0001 or REV 0x00e0
(this shows that the version field is swapped, expected values are VER
0x000E and REV 0x0001)
Swapping the ath9k calibration data when extracting it from the flash
fixes the devices listed above (all other devices do not require
additional swapping, since the position of the fields is already as
expected by ath9k). This allows ath9k to read the version correctly
again, as well as the more important "eepmisc" field (which is used for
determining whether the data inside the EEPROM is Big or Little Endian
which is required to parse the EEPROM contents correctly).
Fixes: a20616863d ("lantiq: use ath9k device tree bindings
binding/owl-loader")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Rob suggested I should use of_machine_is_compatible insteak of a new
property and updated patch has been sent.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is helpful for Orion-based NAS boxes that have the XOR engine enabled
since it provides faster software RAID.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The harddisk target is for NAS boxes, so set the DEVICE_TYPE accordingly so we
get a sensible default package selection.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Enable support for this machine in the kernel and also produce valid image
files with the correct machine id.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Needed to work around ethernet hang issues on Ubiquiti NanoStation Loco XW,
because ar71xx is not converted to device tree yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
By default, forwarding between all ports is allowed on init. This is
problematic in cases where some ports are supposed to be isolated from
each other, most commonly LAN/WAN separation.
REG_ESW_PORT_PCR(port) has a destination mask for a particular port,
controlling what other ports it is allowed to send packets to.
Instead of initializing all to 0xff (all ports), allow each physical
port to send to the CPU port, and the CPU port to send to all other
ports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes the partition name for the firmware splitter, the cfi
address and adds the mtd-eeprom address for wmac. It adds additional
LEDs and make use of them in diag.sh and 01_leds.
Please note that the ":blue:wired" LED is used because the
":blue:router" behaviour is unpredictable for failsafe indication. The
issue with the router LED is that you have two states only.
"off" is steady on and "on" blinks. Therefore the wired LED is more
suitable.
Furthermore it reuses the correct switch configuration definition to
reflect the device ports and numbering. Additionally fixes the issue
that the default configuration is not applied as no port 6 exists on
this device.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
sysupgrade command fails due to missing U-Boot environment-processing
binaries on sysupgrade ramdisk. The missing binaries result in the
following output:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
ash: /usr/sbin/fw_printenv: not found
ash: fw_setenv: not found
ash: touch: not found
cannot find target partition
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Balasubramaniam <vigneshb.hp@gmail.com>
The name from the Device define will be used in the metadata. Due to
typo/different spelling, this name might not match the one exported in
/lib/mvebu.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
use pwr LED in diag.sh
Expose unused pinmux pins as GPIOs
export power LED and buzzer pins
Use rb750gr3:blue:pwr LED in diag.sh for boot status instead of rb750gr3:green:usr
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
Imported from https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/system/openwrt/commit/?h=korg/linux-3.4.y/release/arugula_bb_cs&id=2be4f8a8b205ae1a37db44839864451ebe893e6e
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Enable flow control of LAN and WAN ports to
get better performance.
Setup pvid as 0 for all ports during initialisation
to avoid confusion during system or switch INIT.
Disable PORT MAC before config MAC to avoid it work abnormal.
This change is for IR-054144, IR-057315.
Change-Id: I345f3dffa59ad3f97150e09692723da12a7b1067
Signed-off-by: Zou Shunxiang <shunxian@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: xiaofeis <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org>
Imported from e1aaf7ec00%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: net: ar8216: address security vulnerabilities in swconfig & ar8216
This patch does the following changes:
*address the security vulnerabilities in both swconfig framework and in
ar8216 driver (many bound check additions, and turned swconfig structure
signed element into unsigned when applicable)
*address a couple of whitespaces and indendation issues
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: I94ea78fcce8c1932cc584d1508c6e3b5dfb93ce9
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/236490
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Commit-Queue: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from fd7b89dd46%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: prevent device duplication in ar8xxx_dev_list
If probe is called twice, once for PHY0 and a second time for PHY4,
the same switch device will be added twice to ar8xxx_dev_list, while
supposedly this list should have one element per hardware switch present
in the system.
While no negative impact have been observed, it does happen if a
platform instanciates these two PHYs from device-tree, as an example.
Change-Id: Iddcbdf7d4adacb0af01975b73f8e56b4582e894e
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/234790
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from c3fd96a7b8%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: hold ar8xxx_dev_list_lock during use_count--
It is possible for the remove() callback to run twice in parallel, which
could result into --use_count returning only 1 in both cases and the
rest of the unregistration path to never be reached.
This case has never been observed in practice, but we will fix
preventively to make the code more robust.
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: If09abe27fdb2037f514f8674418bafaab3cbdef6
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/232870
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from c05af20272
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: sync mib_work cancellation
ar8xxx_mib_stop() is called from ar8xxx_phy_remove(), so we want to make
sure the work doesn't run after priv is freed / the device ceases to
exist.
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: Iafb44ce93a87433adc4576e5fea5fda58d1f43a9
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/232827
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
RPM clock controller driver had made its way upstream and previous
approach of directly redoing a driver to support ipq806x is a no go anymore.
Thus reverting mentioned patches to upstream state and renaming
in correct patch numbering accordance.
To make the driver work on ipq806x boards we introduce a custom patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Refresh patches on all 4.4 supported platforms.
077-0005-bgmac-stop-clearing-DMA-receive-control-register-rig.patch
removed as now upstream.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ifxhcd never had roothub support but since kernel 3.x it was expected
that a roothub always exists.
The patched fixed a null pointer deref in the usb subsystem because of
the missing roothub.
Since ifxhcd is gone, this whole patch isn't required any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This way the on nand bad block table is preserved and used. Add support
for nand OOB ECC checksums as well. It should fix all reported ubi
errors, which were all related to bad nand blocks and a purged on nand
bad block table.
The existing ubi partition will be reused, which eliminates the need
to touch the caldata during initial install. The BT u-boot has support
for loading a kernel from an ubi volume. It isn't necessary any longer
to replace the BT u-boot with a custom compiled one to use LEDE.
It is required to restore the BT Firmware and install LEDE from scratch
to switch to the new partition layout.
An image for restoring the BT firmware and installing LEDE is provided
at https://github.com/mkresin/lede/releases.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport upstream commit a61ae81a1907af1987ad4c77300508327bc48b23.
The actually purpose of the patch was to do some cleanup. As a side
effect of this cleanup, the device node is now passed to nand_dt_init.
This allows to use the common nand device tree properties
- nand-bus-width
- nand-on-flash-bbt
- nand-ecc-mode
- nand-ecc-step-size
- nand-ecc-strength
for the plat_nand driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the addition of the bindings to the ath9k driver, this code
isn't used any longer. The fixup is now done by the owloader.
Rename the ath_eep.c file to ath5k_eep.c to indicate that this files
includes ath5k related code only.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This moves the extraction of the eeprom/calibration data to a hotplug
firmware script. Additionally it modifies all .dts to configure ath9k
directly from within the .dts.
The owl-loader approach enables support on devices with exotic eeprom
data locations (such as unaligned positions on the flash or data
inside an UBI volume).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[add ath9k caldata mac address patcher]
[fixes DGN3500 wifi mac]
[fixes BTHOMEHUBV3A wifi mac]
[set invalid mac for BTHOMEHUB2B, FRITZ3370, FRITZ7320 & FRITZ7360SL to restore previous random mac behavior]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove all comments in ubnt_xm_board_detect(), as it's not possible to add
comments to specific lines of the case construct anyways.
Fixes: 9a5801e7 "ar71xx: add model detection for UBNT Rocket Ti"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This adds support for the Intel Falcon SoC for GPON.
Support for the Falcon SoC was removed in commit c821836395 svn rev:
40392 from OpenWrt, this commit adds it again.
This patch adds a new subtarget for the Falcon SoC, but it still misses
all the drivers needed to control the GPON part.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The DEVICE_PACKAGES are not included in the initramfs image in case
TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS is set. This might produces initramfs images
with a not working network configuration because of a missing swconfig.
Workaround the issues by adding the essential swconfig package to the
default packages selection and deselect swconfig for boards not having
swconfig included before via device packages.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the wifi5g LED from the the d7800, r7500 and r7800. Albeit this
GPIO is mentioned in the GPL tarball, it doesn't do anything. The
2.4/5 GHz LEDs are connected to the wifi chips and not be controlled
from the the userspace.
Use the LEDs names/colours as they are used in the board manuals. Merge
redundant LED configurations. Use the phy[0|1]tpt trigger for the
wireless LEDs. Remove the workarounds for the not controllable wireless
LEDs.
Fix spi compatible strings and remove superfluous spi-max-frequency
parameters.
If there are two power leds, use one for indicating normal operation and
one for failsafe/upgrade. Keep the on/off state of the main power led
during boot.
Use the usb pinmux settings from the nbg6817 gpl sources.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the pinmux to the values found in the GPL tarballs of the boards.
Remove pinmux which are is not used (like nand pinmux for spi
flash boards).
This allows to use the wan orange led of the C2600 which had a wrong
pinmux before. Might fix buttons or leds of other boards as well.
Fix the LED color and the ledswitch key code of the C2600. Rename the
ledgnr to ledswitch.
Add support for indication the boot state using LEDs to the D7800,
NBG6817, R7500 and R7500v2.
Change GPIO active to readable values in D7800, EA8500, R7500,
R7500v2 and R7800.
Change gpioexport to gpio pinmux.
Add proper "drive strenght" to i2c4_pins and use it for RPM on
C2600, D7800, EA8500, R7500, R7500v2.
Remove pcie pinmux from D7800.
Move pinctrl to correct place in NBG6817 and R7800.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
This allows specifying PCI devices as children of the PCIe controller
node to pass configuration data to them.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Fix bug that LEDE failed to boot with this message:
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1 at drivers/spi/spi-mt7621.c:214
mt7621_spi_transfer_one_message+0x28c/0x620()
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu, Ban <perillamint@gentoo.moe>
Use gpio.h definition of GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. Remove unused backup partition to increase available JFFS space. As long as U-Boot env variable "bootcount" is < 3 (reset to 0 after boot by init script) SamKnow's U-Boot will not attempt to boot from the backup flash address (0xe30000).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This device uses NAND FLASH, so it should be kept in nand subtarget.
Also, inlcude in packages kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport instead of
obsolete kmod-ledtrig-usbdev.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This router is similar to the C2600. Ethernet on WAN + LAN, switch,
sysupgrade, LEDs, buttons and WiFi on 2G + 5G do work. The xDSL modem
and the POTS/DECT interface are not supported yet.
It is not possible to flash LEDE via the TP-Link webinterface. The
image need to be signed. The first 0x200 bytes of the image is the
TP-Link header including the signature. The signature is not validated
by the bootloader. The LEDE image is zeroed in this area.
To install LEDE it is necessary to solder a four pin header to JP2.
Connect a serial interface to this header and interrupt the autostart
of kernel. Transfer the sysupgrade image via TFTP and write it to the
serial flash at 0x320000.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Quilitz <zeraphim@x-pantion.de>
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS was previously set to y but did not take
effect because of the absence of CONFIG_CRYPTO_HW=y
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently, the device-tree partition is marked as read-only.
Hence, userspace tools like mtd can't write into the partition.
This however will be necessary in case the DTB needs to be
updated.
This patch also adds the kernel.dtb image, so the compiled
DTB is exported as a file and available in the binary
directory along the firmware images.
Note: the u-boot does expects the dtb to be a uimage.
To update the dtb manually:
1. copy the generated dtb to the router.
2. mtd erase /dev/mtd2
3. mtd write wndr4700.dtb /dev/mtd2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Unlike x86, kvm for arm has to be built into the kernel. The kernel
config was prepared with the following command
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=platform
Then enable ARM_LPAE, VIRTUALIZATION, KVM in that order
Other config changes are done by the build system. The following text
tries to explain some of them, for archive purposes probably...
- BUILD_BIN2C. It was dropped probably because the prompt is empty and
no other config option selects it. bin2c is a host executable for
converting binary content to a piece of c code for inclusion
- CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS. It was dropped because the dependency CRYPTO_HW
was not enabled. Setting that aside, packaging it as a loadbable
module in lieu of other sunxi specific modules seems more appropriate
- PGTABLE_LEVELS. It was changed from 2 to 3 because 3 is the default
when ARM_LPAE is enabled
- HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP, etc.. These are enabled in generic config
- SCHED_INFO, ZLIB_INFLATE. These were dropped probably for the same
reason as for BUILD_BIN2C
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The Dlink DWR-512-B modem is a ralink 5350 processor based embedding
a 3G mini-pcie router.
The oem JBOOT bootloader has to be replaced by a RT5350 SDK
U-Boot such as https://github.com/stevenylai/ralink_sdk - U-Boot
configured for the RT5350 256MiB SDR.
Main reason to change the bootloader is the encrypted header used to
store the kernel image. In this way an image can only be generated
using the propietary binboy tool (included in the GPL distribution
from Dlink). The binboy tool doesn't allow to modify the kernel/rootfs
partition scheme. This is considered a big constraint (limited kernel
size and inefficient usage of flash space).
For interested people I pubblished the details of my investigation
about the encrypted firmware header here:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2016-October/003435.html
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Fix a typo in mt7621.dtsi compatible string. Disable spi, sdhci and pci
in mt7621.dtsi and enable the nodes in the indiviual board dts files.
The nodes require further device specific configuration anyway.
Remove the m25p80@0 spi child node from mt7621.dtsi and add the
chunked-io parameter to the individual board dts files. Fix the spi
flash compatible string for the WNDR3700V5.
Drop the mt7621-eval-board compatible string for all boards which are
not the eval board.
Drop the linux,modalias parameter from spi flash node.
Remove the xhci node from board files, it is already enabled in dtsi.
Disable xhci for boards not having usb ports populated.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix configuration files for the Livebox 1 routers.
- Add status led
- Set eth0 as the LAN port, for coherence with RedBoot and comfortability.
- Add led triggers
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix Image generation for the Livebox 1
- missing "relocate-kernel", wrong "LOADADDR", fix it
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- part probe wrong, it should be RedBoot (uppercase matters)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- leds are totally wrong, fix them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- no failsafe button, use button 1 for this purpose
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
fix in sdhci Use ralink_soc == MT762X_SOC_MT7621AT instead of CONFIG_SOC_MT7621 which is
wrong and breaks builds on mt7620a-similar platforms (MT7621, MT7688)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
Enable work-arounds present in the code commented-out but needed to write to
sdcard on mt7621 which currently causes kernel to oops when engaging in
serious writing to sdcard. With this change applied, there are still
occasional warnings thrown by the mmc driver, however, at least it no longer
crashes the system and even large writes (full-card dump/erase/write/compare)
don't show any corruption.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Rebase to LEDE and added "CONFIG_SOC_MT7621" check to ensure non-MT7621 devices do not face performance regressions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This adds the patch submitted to upstream that adds BQL to the mvneta
driver: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9328413/. Helps latency under
load when the physical link is saturated.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Parameters for dwc2 on lantiq.
A separate dwc2_core_params structure is defined for danube because danube
fifo sizes are large enough to be autodetected. This is not the case on
arx and vrx.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
Device tree binding for dwc2 usb driver on danube.
Leave old ifxhcd-danube driver as an alternative.
Also adds dr_mode = "host" to eliminate warning on boot.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W Security
Appliance. Flashing information can be found at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-MX60
Specs are as follows:
AppliedMicro APM82181 SoC at 800MHz
1GiB NAND - Samsung K9K8G08U0D
512MB DDR RAM - 4x Nanya NT5TU128M8GE-AC
Atheros AR8327-BL1A Gigabit Ethernet Switch
1x USB 2.0 Port
More info can be found at https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mx60
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ethernet switch initial config for Mikrotik RB450 and RB450G.
The previous version wrongly changed the RouterStation Pro config. This one creates a specific config for the RB450G and leaves the RouterStation Pro unchanged.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
CPE830 is a clone of AP90Q, with different type of antenna (panel)
and additional 4 LEDs for WiFi signal level indication.
Use the same flash approach as for YunCore AP90Q.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore AP90Q is an outdoor CPE/AP based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, passive PoE support
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external PA, up to 29 dBm
- 2x internal 5 dBi omni antennas
- 4x LED, 1x button
- UART (JP1) header on PCB
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Flash instruction under vendor fimrware, using telnet/SSH:
1. Connect PC with 192.168.1.x address to WAN port
2. Power up device, enter failsafe mode with button (no LED indicator!)
3. Change root password and reboot (mount_root, passwd ..., reboot -f)
4. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to /tmp using SCP
5. Connect PC with 192.168.188.x address to LAN port, SSH to 192.168.188.253
6. Invoke:
- cd /tmp
- fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
- mtd erase firmware
- mtd -r write lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin firmware
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E380AC v1/v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE
support, based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558+QCA9880+AR8035.
There are two versions of this model, with different RAM
and U-Boot mtd partition sizes:
- v1: 128 MB of RAM, 128 KB U-Boot image size
- v2: 256 MB of RAM, 256 KB U-Boot image size
Version number is available only inside vendor GUI,
hardware and markings are the same.
Short specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 128 or 256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 28 dBm
- 3T3R 5 GHz, with external PA (SE5003L1), up to 30 dBm
- 6x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- UART (T11), LEDs/GPIO (J7) and USB (T12) headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
As we already have support for CF-E316N v2 and many devices from
this vendor look similar, the support was included in existing
mach-*.c file, with few cleanups and fixes.
All 3 devices are based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
COMFAST CF-E320N v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- 2x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- UART (J1), GPIO (J9) and USB (J2) headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
COMFAST CF-E520N/CF-E530N are in-wall APs with USB and PoE support.
They seem to have different only the front panel.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, WAN with PoE support
- 1x USB 2.0 (in CF-E520N covered by panel, available on PCB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- 2x internal antennas
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (J1) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Update patch to remove pipetypes var declaration which was throwing
unused variable warning due to the original patch removing the only use.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fix the incorrect usage of ar934x_nfc_write_page and ar934x_nfc_write_page_raw.
Add *page* in the argument list and remove the local variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This fixes parsing partition placed after TRX with block-aligned length.
It's important e.g. for Archer C9 which has TRX with kernel only and
rootfs as separated partition.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix build on targets not using CONFIG_MODULE_STRIPPED.
Neither RTL8367_DRIVER_DESC nor RTL8367B_DRIVER_DESC are defined
anywhere. It worked for targets using CONFIG_MODULE_STRIPPED since our
module stripper no-ops the various module info macros.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Change grub's root device to xen/xvda,msdos1 for the x86_xen_domu
target so that it will boot without further changes.
Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w+lede-project@chaos.in-kiel.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: fixed and rebased patch from FS#264, added subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Factory image can be installed via Zyxel WebUI.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Chekryzhev <13hakta@gmail.com>
[removed linux,modalias parameter from flash node in dts]
[removed sdhci node from dts; no sd card slot here]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch refreshes the ipq806x kernel patches.
There was a large PR for ipq806x in the queue when the kernel patches
were refreshed for 4.4.32, so currently there is quite much fuzz for
ipq806x.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The Sitecom firmware upgrade file has SENAO_FIRMWARE_TYPE 2 set. This
looks rather wrong since SENAO_FIRMWARE_TYPE 2 is kernel only but the
file is way to big for only including a kernel.
The factory image need to have the dlf file extension. Otherwise the
Sitecom firmware rejects the file.
The stock firmware uses the following mac addresses:
LAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8 (u-boot env: ethaddr)
2,4: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8 (EEPROM)
5: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DC (EEPROM)
WAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:C8:43 (u-boot env: wanaddr)
Assuming the mac address range :D8 to :DC is reserved for this device,
the MAC addresses were reorder to have a unique MAC address for each
interface:
2.4GHz: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8
LAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D9
WAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DA
5 GHz: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DC
The first MAC is assigned to the 2.4GHz WiFi interface
to keep compatibility with the SSIDs printed on the case, which have
the last three sextets of the MAC address appended.
There are still issues with the rt2x00 driver. It is not possible to
use both wireless interfaces at the same time. The 2.4 GHz
wireless (PCIe) only works if the internal 5GHz wireless is/has been
enabled or used for scanning. The internal 5GHz wireless only works if
the 2.4GHz wireless (PCIe) was never enabled. Disabling the 2.4Ghz
after it was enabled will result in stations seeing the 5Ghz AP but are
unable to connect.
Due to the not optimal working wifi the manufacture, backup and storage
partitions of the OEM firmware are kept for now to allow an easy switch
back to the Sitecom firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a powerful API for parallel crypto from which many other modules
can benefit. It only winds up being turned on on SMP systems, which
means this adds 0 bytes to the kernel on tiny machines, while only
adding a small bit to SMP systems for big performance improvements.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked broken.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Updating spi pins configuration in R7800 and C2600 DTs
Adding more usb power pin export and gsbi6 in R7800 DT
Updating and fixing leds
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The patch #179 for RPM has initially been made for apq806x board. It has been modified to support ipq806x instead of apq8064.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Adds Google's mirror as primary source and kernel.org as fallback.
Same as commit 0d4f02dfd6
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
In Device/ls1012ardb IMAGES variable, there are two separate firmware
references to the same packages, while do mult-job compile, the same package
build process will arise conflict occasionally. So, only reserve one ext4 fs
as the default firmware.bin.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
OpenMesh devices have often LEDs which are not yet used by OpenWrt. These
should still be available as disabled LEDs in the system configuration for
easier modification.
Signed-off-by: Jaylin Yu <jaylin.yu@open-mesh.com>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Remove LEDs already specified via diag.sh,
add wifi/status LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
MMC support has been added to x86-64 a while ago, there is no reason not
to support it in x86-generic as well.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <github@andreas-ziegler.de>
[Matthias Schiffer: add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
PATA support has been removed from x86-generic without any note in LEDE
r538. Not including them makes the generated images incompatible with older
(and some newer) hardware without any significant gain.
Add it back, and also add the same drivers (as far as available) to x86-64.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <github@andreas-ziegler.de>
[Matthias Schiffer: add back x86-generic, update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Polling every 40ms causes more than 10% CPU load on weak devices. An
interval of 200ms is much more reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
[Matthias Schiffer: adapt OpenWrt patch; add ramips; extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Without setting the HSR to the selected channel, the WLAN of the UAP
Outdoor+ will exhibit high packet loss in RX.
Based-on-patch-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The marvell,88e6352 and marvell,88e6172 compatible strings are used in
target/linux/generic/files/drivers/net/phy/mvsw61xx.c. No idea why grep
missed them when I searched for them.
Thanks to Syrone Wong for noticing and reporting my mistake.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All compiled device tree files not mentioned are binary identical to the
former ones.
Fix the obvious decimal/hex confusion for the power key of ramips/M2M.dts.
Due to the include of the input binding header, the BTN_* node names in:
- ramips/GL-MT300A.dts
- ramips/GL-MT300N.dts
- ramips/GL-MT750.dts
- ramips/Timecloud.dts
will be changed by the compiler to the numerical equivalent.
Move the binding include of lantiq boards to the file where they are
used the first time to hint the user where the values do come from.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes invalid device tree parameters.
Drop the mvsw61xx node used in mvebu device tree source files. It looks
like some kind of ethernet switch cargo cult. Neither the
marvell,88e6352 nor the marvell,88e6172 compatible strings can be found
in any LEDE file or in the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This special dwc2 device definition for the Netgear WNDR4700
has been replaced by amcc,usb-otg-405ex.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch moves the common SoC device tree entries
from the currently four supported platforms into a
common apm82181.dtsi.
Furthermore, this patch also changes the GPIO, IRQ and
input definitions of the supported platforms to use the
defined dt-bindings macros for GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW|HIGH,
KEY_WPS|RESTART|*, IRQ_TYPE_* when it's appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the amcc,usb-otg-405ex device
which is found in all APM82181 SoCs.
Note: The system can't use the generic "snps,dwc2" compatible
because of the special ahbcfg configuration. The default
GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_INCR4 of snps,dwc2 can cause a system hang
when the USB and SATA is used concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As specified by e0229a16b0 if the VR9
based router provides FXS ports and they should enabled then the
following must added to the kernel command line:
mem=[TOTALMEMSIZE-2M] vpe1_load_addr=ADDRESS vpe1_mem=2M
By adding mem= parameter a pci device stop working correctly. The
pci-lantiq.c module use get_num_physpages() to compute dynamically the
memory amount of the board.
The mem= make the module to compute in the wrong way the BAR11MASK, so
in this situation the mask is misaligned with the dma area that the
hardware expects.
This patch is a port of what legacy ifxmips_pci.c does.
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
The latest stock firmwares for US and EU regions have started checking the
region code.
Tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some builders have troubles cloning the boot-wrapper-aarch64.git repository so
provide a mirror checksum to allow downloading from sources.lede-project.org
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Assign an unused MAC addresses to the 2.4GHz wifi interface as it was
originally planed but not possible.
The MAC address numbering of the TEW-691GR changes to the following
pattern:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0C
WIFI: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0D
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0F
The MAC address numbering of the TEW-692GR changes to the following
pattern:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e5
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e7
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e8
Set the label and compatible string for the TEW-692GR PCIe wireless
according to the the PCI binding documentation.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string since the PCI
vendor and device id is unknown. It should work anyway since the
compatible string isn't evaluated (yet).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the ralink,mtd-eeprom instead of invoking the userspace firmware
loader.
Set the label and compatible string according to the the PCI binding
documentation.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string in case the
PCI vendor and device id is unknown. It should work anyway since the
compatible string isn't evaluated (yet).
This commit might fixes the PCIe wireless for the Buffalo WHR-600D.
This board was mentioned in the board 10-rt2x00-eeprom firmware hotplug
script but never had the correct eeprom name set to trigger the
firmware from flash extraction.
Use the usual eeprom for the soc wmac of the Dovado Tiny AC.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a device specific wireless mac address for ARV7506PW11, VGV7519 and
VGV7510KW22. The one from the EEPROM is a generic one and the same on
all boards.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string for the
ARV7519PW and ARV7525PW since the pci vendor and device id is unknown.
It should work anyway since the compatible string isn't evaluated
(yet).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The patch 615-rt2x00-fix_20mhz_clk.patch fixes code introduced by
611-rt2x00-rf_vals-rt3352-xtal20.patch and makes the the platform data
property clk_is_20mhz obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Because the WAN port is handled by the internal AR8327N switch, the
device should use swconfig_leds trigger to handle the link activity
of the WAN LED. This has the added bonus that the WAN LED will now
go dark if there's no ethernet cable connected to the WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It's supposed to significantly improve performance but doesn't seem to
affect Northstar unfortunately. It seems only some other platforms were
limited because of this DMA setup mistake.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The original repo in this Makefile disappeared from the internet so use another
copy of this repository on kernel.org. Also switch from git:// to https://
while being at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Port 1 registers the same IO resources as port 2 in the kernel resource
tree, which is wrong.
Fix this by using it's own resources as indicated in the overview
(cns3xxx.h).
Compiled & Tested on several GW2388-4 laguna boards which utilizes all 3
ports.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
- remove not existing properties
- remove properties having the same values as the included dtsi
- remove nodes which are disabled in the included dtsi and not enabled
in dts
- replace the deprecated pinctrl-* compatible strings
- use the same labels for nodes as the included dtsi
- move common used vr9 pci properties to vr9.dtsi
- remove the unused stp node from HomeHub 2B devcie tree source file
- fix spaces vs. tabs and remove superfluous linebreaks
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes ondemand frequency scaling and moves ipq806x onto upstream driver
Also switching to ondemand frequency scaling as it is fixed now
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The MikroTik hEX v3 (RB750Gr3) is a MT7621AT board which is similar to most MT7621 reference designs, it can be easily supported by this patch; however, the stock RouterBOOT bootloader has to be replaced by a MT7621 SDK U-Boot such as https://github.com/ndoo/RB750Gr3-U-Boot - U-Boot configured for the RB750Gr3 (16MiB SPI flash, 256MiB DDR3 RAM at 1200MHz).
RouterBOOT, the stock bootloader, does not initialize the UART and boots silently, making it preferable to replace it with a MT7621 SDK U-Boot with UART (57600 8N1) that supports HTTP, TFTP or serial upload of sysupgrade firmware and U-Boot.
Furthermore, RouterOS, the stock firmware, is contained in a proprietary modification of SquashFS without GPL sources; UART is also disabled in stock firmware.
The combination of LEDE firmware generated by this PR and MT7621 SDK U-Boot expects the printed MAC address to reside at offset `0xe000` of the factory partition (absolute offset is `0x4e000`); this is similar to the factory MAC address offset for several other MT7621 devices.
A 16MiB flash dump suitable for use with flashrom will be provided if/once this patch is accepted and binaries are built by LEDE buildbot. Alternatively, writing the U-Boot to the SPI flash starting at 0x0 offset and booting the board with serial console attached will allow TFTP, HTTP or serial upload of sysupgrade firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This patch bumps the 4.4 kernel from .28 to .30 and refreshes the patches.
Compile-tested on ar71xx, x86/64, ramips/mt7621, brcm47xx and kirkwood.
Run-tested on ar71xx & ramips/mt7621, brcm47xx and kirkwood (last two confirmed
by P. Wassi).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
This patch adds the kmod-usb3 and kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport packages to the
DIR-860L B1 profile. The DIR-860L B1 has a USB 3 port.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
The QorIQ LS1012A processor, optimized for battery-backed or
USB-powered, integrates a single ARM Cortex-A53 core with a hardware
packet forwarding engine and high-speed interfaces to deliver
line-rate networking performance.
QorIQ LS1012A Reference Design System (LS1012ARDB) is a high-performance
development platform, with a complete debugging environment.
The LS1012ARDB board supports the QorIQ LS1012A processor and is
optimized to support the high-bandwidth DDR3L memory and
a full complement of high-speed SerDes ports.
LEDE/OPENWRT will auto strip executable program file while make. So we
need select CONFIG_NO_STRIP=y while make menuconfig to avoid the ppfe network
fiemware be destroyed, then run make to build ls1012ardb firmware.
The fsl-quadspi flash with jffs2 fs is unstable and arise some failed message.
This issue have noticed the IP owner for investigate, hope he can solve it
earlier. So the ls1012ardb now also provide a xx-firmware.ext4.bin as default
firmware, and the uboot bootcmd will run wrtboot_ext4rfs for "rootfstype=ext4"
bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
Add support for NXP layerscape ls1043ardb 64b/32b Dev board.
LS1043a is an SoC with 4x64-bit up to 1.6 GHz ARMv8 A53 cores.
ls1043ardb support features as: 2GB DDR4, 128MB NOR/512MB NAND, USB3.0, eSDHC,
I2C, GPIO, PCIe/Mini-PCIe, 6x1G/1x10G network port, etc.
64b/32b ls1043ardb target is using 4.4 kernel, and rcw/u-boot/fman images from
NXP QorIQ SDK release.
All of 4.4 kernel patches porting from SDK release or upstream.
QorIQ SDK ISOs can be downloaded from this location:
http://www.nxp.com/products/software-and-tools/run-time-software/linux-sdk/linux-sdk-for-qoriq-processors:SDKLINUX
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
- setting read-only flag to important partitions
- enabling PA to improve 2.4 GHz signal strength
- add missing leds
- rename colour led
- add mac adress to 5GHz wlan interface
- included <dt-bindings/input/input.h> and <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig hyniu@o2.pl
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 064f467264c5c9b6eca0bb96b587f9412b770cc5)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit eb0ce57270d0b5b81b224b9336cf54707497eede)
Modified after cherry-pick:
obj in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Created minimal patchset based on BB rev 43158 by Eddi De Pieri
14.07/openwrt.git 79472c025449efae9310defad0d3a73cff14d756
If the VR9 based router provides FXS ports and they shoud enabled then
the following must added to the kernel command line:
mem=[TOTALMEMSIZE-2M] vpe1_load_addr=ADDRESS vpe1_mem=2M maxvpes=1
maxtcs=1
To use FXS 2M of RAM are needed for the VPE firmware. The size is set
by vpe1_mem.
The available RAM must be reduced by this size using the mem argument.
A correct load address (example 0x83e00000) for the firmware must be given,
too.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 8d924d43c0ea6839a3a33e54982e8da48b736001)
Modified after cherry-pick:
compatible attribute
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Build the RTC driver into the kernel, (and remove the optional module), in order
to make hctosys working. (Currently the module is loaded after hctosys has failed previously)
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on ar71xx, brcm47xx, kirkwood.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Both the MR12 and MR16 are single gigabit ethernet devices, similar to the
MR18. This change gives them the correct network config on a fresh install.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: adjust for alphabetical ordering, line wrap commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In 814d70b2 the member mac06_exchange_en of struct
ar8327_pad_cfg was changed to mac06_exchange_dis,
but wpj344 was not adopted to stay in sync.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Reported-by: Nick Dennis <ndennis@rapiduswireless.com>
Thanks to leaving .pattern file we can easily insert extra step between
linksys-pattern-partition and trx-v2-with-loader, e.g. rootfs one.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The old usbdev trigger never supported assigning more than 1 USB port.
This code we got was never working as expected and it was missing 2 more
ports. Switch to usbport to have LED working with all ports.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Fixes the same hctosys init issue as described in commit
5481ce9a11
The Gateworks Ventana family uses an emulated Dallas 1672
RTC device.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Support splitting WRGG images, found in some D-Link devices (e.g.
DAP-2695).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
CPU: 2x1.8GHz ARM, RAM: 512MiB
Storage: 4MiB serial Flash, 3.9GiB MMC
NIC: 2x1GBit/s, Switch with 5 external and 2 internal ports
WiFi: Dualband, ath10k 2.4GHz, 5GHz MU-MIMO
For installation copy xx-mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin and xx-mmcblk0p5-rootfs-full.bin
to device. Then run:
cat xx-mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin > /dev/mmc0blk0p4
cat xx-mmcblk0p5-rootfs-full.bin > /dev/mmc0blk0p5
reboot -f
For debugging serial console is easily visible on board, no soldering needed.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
This bugfix enables FXS support on dabube based devices.
Changed "compatible" attribute from "vmmc" to "vmmc-xway".
The vmmc driver uses "vmmc-xway".
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
This patch adds support solely for version 1 of the TP-Link WR802N.
It is based on Rick Pannen's patch posted on the OpenWrt devel list.
Signed-off-by: Julius Schulz-Zander <julius@inet.tu-berlin.de>
Remove redundant code: merge boards/cases that share
the same network configuration.
Also fix the alphabetical ordering of the cases.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
These boards do not have a switch, so they should have never been added
to this file in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
On the stock Meraki Firmare for the MR12/MR16, a chunk of SPI space
after u-boot-env is used to store the boards Mac address. Sadly as this
was removed on any device already on OpenWRT/LEDE, moving forward a new,
64k partition named "mac" will be used to store the mac address for the
device (which is the minimum size). This allows users to properly set
the correct MAC, without editing the ART partition (which holds the same
MAC for all devices).
The reason the space is taken from kernel instead of rootfs is currently
kernels are only 1.3MB, so that way we can leave the current rootfs
space alone for users who fully utilize the available storage space.
Once this partition is added to a device, you can set your MAC doing the
following:
mtd erase mac
echo -n -e '\x00\x18\x0a\x33\x44\x55' > /dev/mtd5
sync && reboot
Where 00:18:0a:33:44:55 is your MAC address.
This was tested, and confirmed working on both the MR12 and MR16.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This moves the Meraki MR12 and Meraki MR16 to the new generic target.
Tested and verified working on both devices.
Note that kernel/rootfs images are still generated. This is because they
are used for the inital flashing process due to the fun pace at which
UBoot erases/writes to SPI.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Otherwise if we use ds1307 as kernel module, hctosys fails as ds1307 is
being initialized later then hctosys:
[ 2.427349] hctosys: unable to open rtc device (rtc0)
[ 3.714263] snvs_rtc 20cc000.snvs:snvs-rtc-lp: rtc core: registered 20cc000.snvs:snvs-r as rtc1
[ 8.990061] rtc-ds1307 3-006f: rtc core: registered mcp7941x as rtc0
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Build the RTC driver into the kernel, (and remove the optional module), in order
to make hctosys working. (Currently the module is loaded after hctosys has failed previously)
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Refresh patches for all targets supporting 3.18 and not marked broken.
Compile-tested on all targets using 3.18 and not marked broken.
Changes to generic/610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch based
on 84d489f64f.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Refresh patches for all targets supporting 4.1 and not marked broken.
Compile-tested on all targets using 4.1 and not marked broken.
Changes to generic/610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch based
on 84d489f64f.
Changes to generic/666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch based
on a90ee92337.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Kernel 4.4 was ready for brcm47xx for almost a year now but I kept
postponing the bump due to problems with Linksys WRT300N v1.0. OpenWrt
and LEDE with 4.4 were hanging at the booting with the:
> Starting program at 0x80001000
(the last CFE message).
This was a permanent state, "make distclean" wasn't helping, I spent
hours debugging this and I was reliably reproducing the issue every
time. I also reported it on linux-mips ML in the thread:
> BCM4704 stopped booting with 4.4 (due to vmlinux size?)
After ~month I started working on WRT300N again. I got hangs as expected
every time I switched from 4.1 to 4.4. I started experimenting with:
1) TRX content (I tried dropping rootfs partition)
2) BZ_TEXT_START of lzma-loader
3) Flashing other variants of image: lzma compressed kernel (without a
loader), gzip compressed one, uncompressed one.
At some point I got rootfs-less image booting and after that I couldn't
reproduce problem anymore, even with a complete firmware. It seems like
hardware was in some locked/unstable state that got magically fixed.
I have LEDE working now, tested it even with "make distclean", it seems
we can bump kernel now. I'll keep testing it on WRT300N for some time.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Linksys WRT300N V1 has pretty bugged CFE bootloader (it crashes in a lot
of situations) that doesn't accept .bin image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Read the temperature including the decimale place from the CGU_GPHY1_CR
register.
Decrement the temperature read from the register by 38.0 degree celsius.
The temperature range of the sensor is -38.0 to +154 °C and the register
value 0 is equal to -38.0 °C. This fixes the report of unrealistic
temperatures as seen on all tested boards.
Give the SoC a few milliseconds to get the first temperature value. On
some rare occasions there is no temperature value in the register when
read the first time after activation. This leads to a reported
temperature of -38.0 °C on boot.
Only version 1.2 of the vr9 SoC has a temperature sensor. Add a check
to make sure the driver doesn't load on v1.1 vr9 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device tree file of ARV752DPW uses numbers/hex values for gpio states and input event codes.
This cleans it up and uses the available macros from header files. This way the functions are easier to read and comprehend.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
[sanitize all device tree files]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The GPIO for reset switch is wrong in definition. Further the key codes for the two additional buttons are ineffective.
Both is fixed here.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
Use the new image build code and remove the lzma loader. The lzma
loader was used to cheat the signature validation of the bootloader and
I found another way to do this.
To migrate boards already using LEDE/OpenWrt to the new image the
following steps need to be done once:
VR9 # run reset_uboot_config
VR9 # reset
VR9 # setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
VR9 # setenv preboot ping 1.1.1.1\;bootm 0xb001f000
VR9 # saveenv
VR9 # tftp 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-VG3503J-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
The mac address is printed on the label at the bottom of the case.
The following steps are need to be done during first install:
VR9 # setenv preboot ping 1.1.1.1\;bootm 0xb001f000
VR9 # saveenv
VR9 # tftp 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-VG3503J-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
The image uses the uImage firmware splitter now instead of hardcoded
kernel and rootfs partitions. The firmware partition size was extended
to use flash space that was reserved for partitions required only by
the ECI firmware.
Due to the changes an upgrade to a later LEDE revision from a running
LEDE is supported now.
A default switch config was added and the device uses the same MAC
addresses as the ECI firmware now instead of the same for all VG3503J.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We don't have any code for enabling it automatically yet but it allows
adding entries manually to the /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This makes init.d script handle existing UCI entries using the new
trigger. It also switches all targets to use its package.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
There is no US firmware for the TL-WA901ND v4 yet, so we'll just
unconditionally set the EU region for now.
This makes LEDE flashable on these devices again. The format of the region
string is slightly different from the one used on the Archer C7 that is
generated by mktplinkfw (the second half of the region string is missing),
but it's similar enough to make it work.
Tested-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In dc92917 there was introduced login.sh wrapper which allows
configuration of console passwords via UCI system ttylogin config
option.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
This patch adds support for the Airtight C-60.
SOC: Atheros AR9344 rev 2 (CPU:560.000MHz)
RAM: 128 MiB
NOR: MX25L3205D 4MiB
NAND: ST Micro NAND 32MiB 3,3V 8-bit
SW-NET: AR8327N (2 Ports)
WLAN1: Dual-Band AR9340 Rev:2 (built-in SoC)
WLAN2: Dual-Band AR9300 Rev:4 PCIe Chip
The switch is setup for an accesspoint:
LAN1: (gigabit) is the wan-port.
LAN2: (fast ethernet) is bridged with the br-lan.
Flashing Guide (via initramfs):
1. Connect a PC to the serial port of the C-60.
power up the C-60.
Enter u-boot command prompt:
#> nand erase
#> setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f060000"
#> saveenv
#> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
#> setenv netmask 255.255.255.0
#> setenv serverip 192.168.1.100
#> setenv bootfile lede-ar71xx-nand-c-60-initramfs-kernel.bin
#> tftpboot
#> bootm
2. Wait for the C-60 to boot LEDE.
On the root prompt. Enter:
# ubiformat /dev/mtd4
# ubiattach -p /dev/mtd4
3. After that copy the sysupgrade.tar onto the router and run:
# sysupgrade sysupgrade.tar
to flash the image.
Special thanks to Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>. He provided
a C-60 unit and he helped with debugging the switch, LEDs and platfrom
support.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The commit "generic: ar8216: add sanity check to ar8216_probe"
(774da6c7a4) stated that PHY IDs
should be checked at address 0-4. However, the PHY 4 was
never check by the loop. This patch extends the check to be
similar to the Atheors SDK. It tries all 4 ports and skips
unconnected PHYs if necessary. If it cannot find any familiar
PHYs, it will prevent the phy driver from initializing.
This patch is necessary for the C-60. It doesn't have a
PHY at port 3, so this caused the check in ar8xxx_is_possible
to fail. As a result, the ethernet ports on the C-60 didn't
work.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The WBMR boards are the only ones in the whole tree selecting the wpad
and hostapd-utils package by default.
Remove the wps uci-default script as well, there is no obvious reason
why the wps config need to be set only for this board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All of the touched boards don't have an ethernet port. Allow to use the
wps button on these boards to enable the wireless radio after boot.
The force enabled wireless for the DCH-M225 is removed. It is reckless
to bring up an unencrypted wireless network by default these days.
Using the wps button to bring up the radio seam to me the better
approach.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Images installed via TFTP recovery or the Edimax webinterface of the
3g-6200n(l) are writting with the edimax header to flash.
Use only one image type for these boards. The migration to the
factory only images need to be done via TFTP recovery.
Use the same start address for the 3g-6200n(l) factory images as the
stock firmware images.
Thanks to Jan Dostrasil for reporting all the issues of the 3g-6200nl
and the patient testing of all changes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author the code was added to in preparation for adding
support for a new board. The patch for the board was never send and the
code never really tested.
The edimax header starting with the edimax magic is put in front of the
uImage header. There is no special uImage header used. Means, default
magic and the type field is set to kernel as usual.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
edimax parser fix
The return value of the find_header function need to be added to the
uimage_size, otherwise mtd_find_rootfs_from() might search for a rootfs
within a custom header and fails.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Assign the reset functionality to the wps/reset buttons. Use the wlan
switch of the 6200n to enable/disable wlan.
Add the internet led of the 6200nl and use the led for boot status
indication
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With 3a9752bbd2 and later changes to
ramips_set_preinit_iface() the default vlan config applied during
preinit was changed. These changes were made without updating the
default network config to ensure that vlan interfaces used for lan/wan
are still configured.
Fix the issue by using the default all LAN portmap and disabling not
connected switch ports using portdisable device tree parameter.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With de51026515 the explicit tagging of
the CPU port was removed. This leads to a not working default network
config, with vlans enabled but disabled CPU tagging, for boards where
all switch ports are having the same role.
In case the ports are having different roles set, tagging is is set
implicit for the CPU port by ucidef_add_switch().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't set the lan/wan interface when using ucidef_add_switch. This
results into a wan interface albeit all ports a annotated as lan ports.
ucidef_add_switch takes care of setting the correct lan/wan interface
according to the annotation of the ports.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
COPYING is not present in $(LINUX_DIR) on imagebuilder and prevents a
successful image creation.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The patch "images: bump default rootfs size to 256 MB"
a1f83bad60 caused a crash
during boot for the recovery images. This is because
both variants of the MyBook Live only have 256MB of RAM
and for the recovery option, the ext4 rootfs was simply
stored in the RAMDISK.
This patch replaces recovery image for the MBL with an
initramfs kernel.
In order to boot the initramfs (for recovery or development):
0. copy the initramfs and device tree into tftp's server directory
# cp *-initramfs-kernel.bin to /tftp-server/mbl.bin
# cp *-ext4-kernel.dtb to /tftp-server/fdt.bin
1. Connect the MyBook Live (Duo) serial port.
(Warning! Use a 3.3v level shifter).
2. Hit Enter during u-boot and insert these three lines:
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.254; setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1;
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} mbl.bin; tftp ${fdt_addr_r} fdt.bin
# run addtty addmisc; bootm ${kernel_addr_r} - ${fdt_addr_r}
Where 192.168.1.254 is your TFTP server.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This will allow dynamically adding/removing at least virtio-net pci
devices which are quite the norm in cloud environment with QEMU/KVM
netdev_add bridge,id=wan2,br=br-wan,helper=/home/yousong/.usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper
device_add virtio-net-pci,id=devwan2,netdev=wan2,mac=11:22:33:22:11:00
The config was formed by selecting target x86/64 first, then select
CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI and CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI with
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
The following text tries to explain how the current config was formed
1. CONFIG_PCI_LABEL and CONFIG_ATA_PIIX were removed because they were
already enabled in x86 platform config
2. CONFIG_ATA_SFF was removed because it was enabled in generic config
3. CONFIG_NLS was removed because it will be selected by CONFIG_PCI_LABEL
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The D-Link DIR-869 A1 doesn't accept images with the jffs2 marker added
after the checksummed range, so we need to include it in the checksum and
fix it on first boot.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Split seama-factory and seama-sysupgrade into smaller pieces (similar to
the ramips code) to make the image generation more flexible.
Also use standard pad-offset instead of adding a block of zeros at the
beginning of the image that is later cut off again. Standard pad-rootfs can
be used as the seal header doesn't contain an image size or checksum.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In case the adsl/vdsl service is disabled intentional, the output is
cluttered with the following message multiple times if the status of
the dsl line is queried:
killall: vdsl_cpe_control: no process killed
If the dsl line status is queried by LuCI, the logfile is spammed with
the message.
Fix the issue by using killall in quite mode. In quite mode killall
still returns a non-zero value if the to be killed process can not be
found so that existing logic based on the return value still works.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link uses a different region coding mechanism for IL firmware for the Archer
C7 v2. Instead of of setting the region, they set a different TPLINK_HWREV.
Signed-off-by: Amir Rachum <amir@rachum.com>
Due to the introduced double whitespace the default package selection
isn't applied. This leads to errors like a not working networking
because of a missing swconfig binary.
Fixes FS#208.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add USB led aliases to boards having an led which is meant to be used
as USB led according to the manuals.
Remove the kmod-ledtrig-usbdev from the default package selection for
boards not having an USB led. Add the kmod-ledtrig-usbdev to boards
where it is missing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use a more generic name for the lantiq_get_dt_led_chosen function.
Drop the lantiq_is_dt_led_chosen function. The lantiq_get_dt_led
function can be used to achieve the same.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Convert the Zynq target to use the new image build code in order to fix
broken image generation after 9945a1dca5
changed the handling of CPIO images.
Also remove the misapplied ubifs feature flag since the image generation is
not using UBIFS for building FIT images.
As part of the conversion, move the DTB building and the uImage ramdisk
generation into separate build steps which can be generalized and shared
with other targets, like APM821xx, in the long run.
Also remove the legacy profile declarations and use new-style per-device
profiles which will allow different package sets per image in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add some missing symbols to the generic 4.1 kernel config which got triggered
by the introduction of the hda-intel sound module.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
applied bb-final-ramips-add-zyxel-nbg-419n2.patch from
123serge123, found at https://yadi.sk/d/1ZV0lKJwbTE65;
see https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=246905#p246905,
modified slightly to fit to CC release and to new lede build
system: image/rt305x.mk include file is used now
changed NBG-419N2.dts format to fit style of other dts files
Signed-off-by: Klaus <k-laus@quantentunnel.de>
This includes:
- use of local 'board' variable in LED names, wherever possible
- merge of boards with exactly the same LED configuration
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Keep everything in alphabetical order. Boards are ordered in two steps,
first within/inside common configuration (case section), then sections,
globally.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This includes:
- code style fixes
- removal of huge comment (it should be in doc, not here) and some small ones
- removal of redundant config for DR531/WPJ531 as the default is the same
- merge of boards with exactly the same interfaces config
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Convert etc/board.d/02_network in ar71xx target to the same shape
as we have in ramips target. Split code into two new functions:
- interface/s setup in ar71xx_setup_interfaces()
- MAC/s setup in ar71xx_setup_macs()
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
sysupgrade command fails due to missing U-Boot environment-processing binaries on sysupgrade ramdisk. The missing binaries result in the following output:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
ash: /usr/sbin/fw_printenv: not found
ash: fw_setenv: not found
ash: touch: not found
cannot find target partition
Fixes FS#197.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Curley <accwebs@gmail.com>
- CPU: MT7620A 580MHz
- Flash: 8MB - RAM: 64MB
- External PA+LNA on both WLAN2.4 and WLAN5
- 4x LAN ethernet and 1x WAN ethernet
Signed-off-by: Xuefu Lin <xuefulin@gmail.com>
It missed some changes needed for kernel 4.4. This is only used by the
Falcon SoC and not for the xRX SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The main difference is it supports DT binding. This allows us to use DT
for specifying controller and the new standalone USB 3.0 PHY driver.
Thanks to that we don't need out of tree patch adding PHY initialization
to the controller driver anymore.
This problem has been fixed by upstream commit 757de492f2d ("xhci: fix
platform quirks overwrite regression in 4.7-rc1").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This drops built-in support for USB 2.0 PHY and starts using separated
driver that was upstreamed & backported some time ago.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The nf_reject_* and nf_nat_masquerade_* modules are moved into the
corresponding kmod-nf- packages. Appropriate dependencies are added to the
kmod-nft- packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Forgot to update kernel-version.mk, so updated patch. Compile-tested on x86/64 and ar71xx; run-tested on x86/64 and ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
-add spi pins
-move mdio and rgmii pinctrl from gmac and mdio into pinmux node
-add i2c4 pinctrl into rpm node
-add pin details into several nodes
-update gmac1 and gmac2 parameters
-update mdio phy0 and phy4 registers by ddwrt devs findings
-fix i2c4 pin drive-strengh
-remove pcie pins as it's already present in ipq8065 DT
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Now that the firmware for BCM43430 has been submitted to linux-firmware use it
and remove RPiDistro package.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Add patches for SFP support and package it for ClearFog. Tested with a
Juniper SFP module.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MSI interrupts do not seem to be working on mvebu, and they break
ath10k. Since nothing else seems to be using them, especially not
mwlwifi, disable them until we can fix MSI interrupts.
Works around the following issue:
[ 9.001457] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to receive control response completion, polling..
[ 10.001453] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: Service connect timeout
[ 10.007126] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to connect htt (-110)
[ 10.092224] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: could not init core (-110)
[ 10.098177] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: could not probe fw (-110)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
ar71xx has an init-script for special devices where the ath10k OTP
calibration data is stored on the PCIe card's EEPROM (and thus can only
be read by ath10k). Unfortunately the OTP data uses the default mac
address (= all devices come with the same mac address, which leads to
problems when you have multiple of these devices in the same network).
To work around this the mac address is patched in the firmware during
the first boot of the device. To prevent flash wear this was only done
if the ath10k firmware matched a hardcoded md5sum.
However, if the md5sum does not match this can mean that either the mac
address was already patched (which is fine) - unfortunately it can also
mean that the firmware version was updated without updating the
hardcoded md5sum.
Change the "was the mac address already patched" check to actually
compare the mac address inside the ath10k firmware.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This patch adds support for Cisco's Z1.
Detailed instructions for the flashing the device can
be found in the OpenWrt wiki:
<https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/meraki/z1>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
kmod-rt2x00-lib and kmod-mac80211 need to be removed, as they depend on
kmod-cfg80211. kmod-rt2800-pci should not be installed anyways.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add and enable sysupgrade support for clearfog boards, based on how the
brcm2708 target does it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a switch node to clearfog to probe and initialize it on Clearfog
Pro. This make the switch work and allows using all six switch ports.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the cpu port is connected through SGMII we need to enable SerDes for
it to work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The clearfog u-boot does not initialize the switch at all, so we need to
power up the phys ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Make the dts file match with what is upstream, to ensure it has the
latest changes and switching to newer kernels is easier.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some of the PCIe and USB signals use a GPIO expander on I2C on ClearFog,
so enable the driver so that they can be configured to their required
values.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Uboot-mvebu isn't a real package, which will break the image builder
when it tries to install it during the packing step. Instead of cleafog
selecting it through its default packages, make it default to m if the
clearfog profile is selected.
This will ensure it is always build, but never added to the rootfs. This
fixes creating images for clearfog with IB.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The clearfog image requires u-boot, so package it into KDIR to make sure
it is available in imageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Local variable declarations outside of functions are illegal since the Busybox
update to v1.25.0, therfore remove them from the appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Older busybox versions allowed using the local keyword outside of
functions, whereas 1.25.0 (which was introduced in 06fa1c46fc) do not
allow this anymore (leading to the following error when executing the
script: "file: local: line nn: not in a function").
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Older busybox versions allowed using the local keyword outside of
functions, whereas 1.25.0 (which was introduced in 06fa1c46fc) do not
allow this anymore (leading to the following error when executing the
script: "file: local: line nn: not in a function").
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Some devices (like the Cisco Meraki Z1 Cloud Managed Teleworker Gateway)
need to be able to initialize the PCIe wifi device. Normally, this is done
during the early stages of booting linux, because the necessary init code
is read from the memory mapped SPI and passed to pci_enable_ath9k_fixup.
However,this isn't possible for devices which have the init code for the
Atheros chip stored on NAND in an UBI volume. Hence, this module can be
used to initialze the chip when the user-space is ready to extract the
init code.
Martin Blumenstingl made a few fixes and added support for lantiq:
kernel: owl-loader: add support for OWL emulation PCI devices
kernel: owl-loader: don't re-scan the bus when ath9k_pci_fixup failed
kernel: owl-loader: use dev_* instead of pr_* logging functions
kernel: owl-loader: auto-generate the eeprom filename as fallback
kernel: owl-loader: add a debug message when swapping the eeprom data
kernel: owl-loader: add missing newlines in log messages
kernel: owl-loader: add support for the lantiq platform
These patches have been integrated. Thanks!
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
General convention is to keep U-Boot and radio calibration
data (ART) mtd partitions marked as read-only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This changes the sysupgrade format. To support upgrades from the old
firmware to the new one, legacy images are provided. Because of the old
partition split, these have to be specific to the NOR or SPI device.
The new sysupgrade images are suitable for begin put on flash directly,
and they are independent of NOR vs SPI flash variant.
Flashing back to old firmware is supported via using the old full-flash
images instead of the old sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There are currently two stock firmwares for the TL-WDR3600/4300, a US and
a universal version. Both allow installing images with US region code, so
we don't need to provide multiple images.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Simplify modifying some of the images without affecting the others.
While we're at it, also unify the profiles to use := syntax and add "v1" to
the TL-WDR4300 name to make things more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
clean up usb gadget support:
- rename gadget modules so that they appear together and are easier to
identify as gadget modules
- make usb-lib-composite and usb-gadget hidden as there is no point in
selecting those without gadget drivers that require them as deps
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The D-Link DIR-860L B1 has a flash chip which doesn't support
4K sectors. Since the DIR-860L B1 was the only mt7621 board which had
the 4k blocksize set, the 4K sector support is removed from the kernel
config.
I've checked the flash chips of all boards having set a 4K blocksize
again. This time I searched harder to finding bootlogs instead of
relying on wikis articles and/or the device tree source file.
The Planex MZK-DP150N has an en25q32b instead of the mentioned one in
the dts. Albeit the en25q32b supports 4K sectors, 4K support is not
enabled in the driver. Change the blocksize for this board back to 64K.
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a follow up to 28110727f1
"ramips: set blocksize for 4MB devices". I've missed to include the
required changes of the kernel configs to enable 4K sector size
support.
The option is only enabled for targets having boards with 4k sector
size flash chips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using pad-to instead of passing the optional padding to append-kernel
or append-rootfs. It could be that the value of a variable is passed.
In case the variable is empty no error is thrown.
Furthermore the purpose of the extra parameter is hard to get without
reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport patches from upstream Linux kernel which are making the
kernel stores the appended dtb not in the same resisters as defined in
the UHI specification, use a separate variable on MIPS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[some modifications]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Only add them where they are actually required.
Should help with compatibility issues with stock U-Boot images that
access UBI
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The KERNEL_SIZE variable is unset and no padding is applied. This looks
like a typo to me since the ubinized image need to be aligned to the
flash blocksize.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The kernel size isn't passed to the append-kernel build step and the
resulting image bricks the device.
Fixes FS#168.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- quote the interface name
- remove call of not existing function
- remove the proto if it's the default proto
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
No functional change, it's just to have the same style everywhere. This
way I don't need to use any regex magic to extract all subtargets for
compile tests.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add or fix the physical port number of switch ports to allow LuCI to
display the ports in physical order.
Remove the physical port number in case bridge port and physical port
order are the same.
Reorder the ucidef_add_switch parameter to be aligned with the switch
port number.
Remove board settings which are covered by the default case and remove
comments.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As usual these patches were extracted and rebased from the raspberry pi repo:
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-4.4.y
Also adds support for Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3 (untested).
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
commit a2386c384d requires the
module to be static in the kernel.
So lets actually add support for it inside the kernel config.
Tested on Ventana
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Now that all seama images are using the new build code this seama recipe
used with the old build code can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the blocksize for devices having only 4MB of flash for ramips
devices already using the new image build code.
Informations about the used flash chip are gathered from the OpenWrt
wiki, wikidevi, forums, OEM bootlogs or the compatible property in the
device tree source file.
The en25q32b from the AirLive Air3GII does not have 4k support in the
kernel.
For the following boards no information about the used flash chip could
be found and a 64k blocksize is assumed:
- Ralink V11ST-FE
- Ralink AP-RT3052-V22RW-2X2
- MediaTek MT7628 EVB
- MediaTek MT7621 EVB
- UPVEL UR-326N4G
- Buffalo WZR-AGL300NH
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some devices (e.g. Tenda AC9 based on BCM47189B0) have BCM53125 with
port 5 connected to the second Ethernet interface on the SoC. In such
case there is no PHY and we need to force link manually.
This assumes port 5 can be marked as enabled for such devices. It's not
implemented yet unfortunately.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The insertion or removal of the sd-card cannot be detected
by the hardware itself. This is by design. To workaround this,
for the WNDR4700 unload/load the dwc2 module in case the
the special SD CARD GPIO line is low/high.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
First two patches weren't marked for stable but are dependencies for
laters ones. The rest of patches was marked for stable but most likely
will be backported to 4.5+ only so we need to get them on our own.
An important fix is eea2fb4851e9d ("ovl: proper cleanup of workdir") as
it allows mounting overlayfs with dirty workdir, e.g. after power cut.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Russell Senior reported an issue with the MR24 initramfs kernels:
> ## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00c10000 ...
> Image Name: POWERPC LEDE Linux-4.4.19
> Created: 2016-08-31 11:57:05 UTC
> Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
> Data Size: 2155723 Bytes = 2.1 MiB
> Load Address: 00000000
> Entry Point: 00000000
> Verifying Checksum ... OK
>Wrong Ramdisk Image Format
>Ramdisk image is corrupt or invalid
For the MR24, the kernel is uploaded to 0x10000. The ramdisk starts
at 0x200000. This leaves the kernel with just 0x1f0000 bytes = 1984kb.
This patch adds a size check so the image creation script will abort
instead of producing a unbootable initramfs image. A separate patch
"apm821xx: Fix initramfs image for the Meraki MR24" which fixed the
reported issue was submitted earlier.
Cc: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When gzip is used, our kernel is too large and this causes the ramdisk
to be at the wrong offset. Fix by moving to lzma.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Add a patch to backport 5185c91385d73cdf79836eb8548e4726e43ae831
from Linux 4.8 adding USB2380 support to the NET2280 driver and
create an OpenWrt menu option to select it as a module.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Gateworks Ventana GW553x is a single-board computer based on the NXP
IMX6 SoC with the following features:
* IMX6 DualLite Soc (supports IMX6S,IMX6DL,IMX6Q)
* small form factor (35x70mm)
* 512MB DDR3 DRAM (2x32bit) (options up to 2GB)
* 256MB NAND flash (4GB option)
* Gateworks System Controller:
- hardware watchdog
- hardware monitor
- pushbutton controller
- EEPROM storage
- power control
* JTAG programmable
* 1x miniPCI socket (with PCIe, USB, SIM)
* 1x microSD socket
* 1x SIM socket
* Inertial Module (LSM9DS1 9DOF: 3x acc, 3x rate, 3x mag)
* analog CVBS video in
* GPS (optional uBlox EVA-M8M)
* Application headers:
- 2x TTL UART (TX/RX)
- 4x TTL GPIO (3x configurable as PWM)
- 3x CVBS Analog video input (1x decoder with 3x selectable inputs)
* Front panel connectors:
* micro-HDMI audio/video out
- 1x user programmable LED
- 1x configurable user pushbutton
- 1x USB OTG
See http://www.gateworks.com for more info
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Added gen_mvebu_sdcard_img.sh to facilitate creating an fixed-size sdcard image,
adding the bootloader and populating it with actual data.
Added the required rules for creating a 4GB sdcard image according to this layout:
p0: boot (fat32)
p1: rootfs (squashfs)
p2: rootfs_data (ext4)
This should be generic to any mvebu boards that can boot from block storage.
Added the new sdcard image to the Clearfog image profile.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
The u-boot variant for the clearfog is provided by the uboot-mvebu-clearfog,
and not by the generic uboot-mvebu packae.
Make sure the clearfog variant is selected when building for it.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This triggers HAS_FPU=y, and unsets CONFIG_SOFT_FLOAT.
Considering all mvebu boards have an fpu, this is the desirable behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
microSD is the primary boot media for the Clearfog Pro board, and should
work unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
Add Support for the ESMT_F25L32QA and ESMT_F25L64QA.
These are 4MB and 8MB SPI NOR Chips from Elite Semiconductor Memory Technology
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-Link has started providing US- and EU-specific stock firmwares that only
allow upgrading to firmwares with the same region code. Provide factory
images for both these regions.
To avoid confusing users outside these regions, we still provide a
"universal" factory.bin without a region code, although flashing either of
the US and EU images would work as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Historically on ARC we started from initramfs-based images because:
a) It was much easier to debug especially when toolchain and other
components were changing quite dynamically
b) It was our usual approach for embedded Linux
But now with ARC port of Lede/OpenWRT getting more stable and mature
we're ready for more real-life scenarios with FS permanently stored
on SD-card. This essentially benefits from ability to setup devices
that survive reboots with all settings and extra packages kept in place.
Still we keep an ability to build images with initramfs.
This allows us to use storage-less simulators for testing still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If we want to boot from SD-card we need to have corresponding
drivers already built-in so there's no point in having these
modules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when we're switching to FS on SD-card it's necessary to have
full stack of MMC block & FC drivers built-in otherwise kernel won't
be able to mount FS with needed modules.
Also we enable parsing of input parameters passed to the kernel by
U-Boot. Otherwise kernel won't know where to look for command line and
what's worse device tree blob (we had to disable this by default for
cases when kernel is loaded by JTAG and core registers may have
undefined state lading to kernel going bonkers).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As support of ARC 770 in OpenWRT/Lede matures we don't need
debug-only output binaries any longer, so purging vmlinux for
AXS10x boards.
As for uImage for nSIM it makes completely no sense because there's no
way to run U-Boot on nSIM.
So we remove add_arcYYY_XXX scripts making code more compact and
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Drivers have been modified to use it and new ones have to be written
this way, so we need it for backporting code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
With 12fe4b5798 I switched the ath5k
eeprom extraction to an alternate code path. Unfortunately this code
seams to be broken since ages and broke the ath5k EEPROM extraction.
Reported-by: Mohammed Berdai <mohammed.berdai@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
DW GMAC on ARC SDP boards doesn't enter promiscuous mode if
Ethernet PHY haven't got established link. Good examples are
auto-negotiation in progress or disconnected cable.
We do see Linux kernel sets GMAC's MAC filter register
properly but GMAC's hardware doesn't accept new settings.
We believe it is a hardware issue, most probably problem of
integration of DW GMAC and PHY on the board.
As a work-around we completely disable frame filtering
in GMAC hardware (once and for good) which forces GMAC to enter
promiscuous mode with the first write to MAC filter register.
That gives us working bridge that consists of eth0 and wlan0
(USB Wi-Fi dongle). I.e. we finally have working "Dumb AP" setup made
of ARC AXS10x boards.
Given that hack is quite dirty (in loaded wired networks this will
effectively load CPU with junk packets even if user doesn't need promisc
mode) and there's no indication any other boards with DW GMAC suffer
from the same issue we're patching only kernel for ARC boards.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>,
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows referencing USB ports/devices that are always present in a
device. This applies to some internal devices, root hub ports and
internal USB hubs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The R7800 is an IPQ8065, so rename its dts file to reflect that fact.
Also fold the R7500v2 dts addition into the existing 800-devicetree.patch.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
1004kc is just a SMP capable 34kc, and GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly
the same and will generate identical code, so there is no need to tune
to 1004kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly the same and will generate identical
code, so there is no need to tune to 34kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly the same and will generate identical
code, so there is no need to tune to 34kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked broken.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Point to correct devices when booting from msata or MMC
Changes fetched from Gateworks git
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rebased to apply against current LEDE version]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <alexis@cessp.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add missing DEVICE_TITLE, fix model name in commit title]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
According to Jonas Gorski this is no longer needed, the problem
originally addressed by first adding 07_preinit_iface and subsequently
merging that into 02_network was probably a bug during the transition
to the new board.d pre-init approach.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device/AVM unconditionally inherits Device/NAND, which changes the
sysupgrade image to sysupgrade-tar (instead of a "raw" sysupgrade image
as used in the Device/Default template).
This moves the Device/NAND call to the FRITZ3370 device definition, as
this is the only AVM/EVA device that uses NAND.
Additionally we have to define the IMAGE_SIZE for the AVM/EVA NOR
devices to ensure that the images are not discarded.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
The image builder does not bundle sub-directories within $(KERNEL_BUILD_DIR),
therfore the intermediate "ventana-uImage.boot" directory is not shipped,
leading to failures with "make image" later on.
To circumvent the issue, store the intermediate boot files as tar archive
instead of putting them into a directory to ensure that they end up in the
final image builder tarball. Fixes FS#102
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The image generation for TEW-691GR and TEW-692GR was broken since
79d02229 due to the move of the UMedia recipe to another Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing phy-mode setting, the switch wasn't initialised.
The wireless requires an eeprom to work. Use the same mac addresses as
the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AR8327 initvals were not copied to the DTS during the switch from
mach file to device tree and broke the switch on the device.
The former used PORT6 related initvals were wrong and have been
corrected.
The phy mode setting for the switch was missing in the DTS as well.
The wireless requires an eeprom to work. The dual band wireless chips
have both bands enabled by default but only one band per chip is
working.
The stock firmware uses the following mac addresses:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E8
Assuming the mac address range :E4 to :E8 is reserved for this device,
the MAC addresses were reorder to have a unique MAC address for each
interface:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E5
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E8
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes the following compiler warning:
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /ethernet@10100000/port@0 has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value for /ethernet@10100000/port@0
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value for /ethernet@10100000/port@0
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As it turned out we may actually build both initramfs and
SD-based images in one run with just a small tweak in
existing image/Makefile and so we do here.
We're back with one "generic" target for all ARC HS38-based bords.
Kudos to John for his patience and very helpful tips!
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Previous version was based on code from kernel 2.6.22 with Broadcom two
trivial modifications. This updates the copy to the version from current
kernel and refreshes the patch.
This was tested for regressions on Netgear R6250 (BCM4708A0), D-Link
DIR-885L (BCM4709C0) and Tenda AC9 (BCM47189B0).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
We finally got kernel booting on this device and LAN ports are working,
so it won't "brick" the device. One more big missing thing is WAN port
support. It requires fix for BCM53125 to get switch port 5 working.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Over a year ago in a commit ac96a1665a ("bcm53xx: update Disable MMU
and Dcache during decompression") we switched to Florian's patch for
workarounding CFE bug. The main difference was using a part of existing
__armv7_mmu_cache_flush instead of implementing flushing separately.
This worked well for Northstar devices but doesn't work for BCM53573 as
these devices simply don't start booting with Florian's patch. It's
because of the ldmfd ASM instruction in the __armv7_mmu_cache_flush.
So this commit switches back to using standalone implementation. This
time instead of copying Broadcom's copy of cache-v7.S, we just make a
copy of the original file on our own. Unfortunately we can't cross-dir
compile cache-v7.S from ../../mm/ as that one also adds __INITDATA with
define_cache_functions v7 which would just trigger
> Error: unrecognized/unsupported machine ID (r1 = 0x0000007f).
The only real change Broadcom did in copied .S file was modifying mcr
instruction to use c6 instead of c14. It isn't clear to me if we really
need it, but let's use it for now.
By the way we also update commit message of the
[PATCH] ARM: BCM5301X: Disable MMU and Dcache during decompression
This makes kernel booting on BCM53573 successfully.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Zbtlink ZBT-WE1526 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- two external, non-detachable antennas
- 8x LED, 1x button
- UART header (pinout: VCC, RX, TX, GND)
Flash instruction:
Use sysupgrade in vendor firmare which is based on OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
It was needed upstream to avoid bcma references in the main code. To
match this new code our patch adding SRAB was also updated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Historically on ARC we started from initramfs-based images because:
a) It was much easier to debug especially when toolchain and other
components were changing quite dynamically
b) It was our usual approach for embedded Linux
But now with ARC port of Lede/OpenWRT getting more stable and mature
we're ready for more real-life scenarios with FS permanently stored
on SD-card. This essentially benefits from ability to setup devices
that survive reboots with all settings and extra packages kept in place.
Still we keep an ability to build images with initramfs.
This allows us to use storage-less simulators for testing still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
If we want to boot from SD-card we need to have corresponding
drivers already built-in so there's no point in having these
modules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when we're switching to FS on SD-card it's necessary to have
full stack of MMC block & FC drivers built-in otherwise kernel won't
be able to mount FS with needed modules.
Also we enable parsing of input parameters passed to the kernel by
U-Boot. Otherwise kernel won't know where to look for command line and
what's worse device tree blob (we had to disable this by default for
cases when kernel is loaded by JTAG and core registers may have
undefined state lading to kernel going bonkers).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As support of ARC HS38 in OpenWRT/Lede matures we don't need
debug-only output binaries any longer, so purging vmlinux for
AXS10x boards.
As for uImage for nSIM it makes completely no sense because there's no
way to run U-Boot on nSIM.
So we remove add_archs38_XXX scripts making code more compact and
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Instead of using off-the-tree .dts files for ARC boards we're
switching to use in-tree ones. And for that to work properly
we apply upstream patch that adds currently missing "model"
property.
Upstream patch and discussion could be found here:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-snps-arc/2016-August/001394.html
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These 2 trivial patches will be followed by a bigger bgmac rework so
they are worth backporting in a separated patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes flash corruptions. It touches bcm47xxsflash driver shared
between brcm47xx and bcm53xx so put it in generic.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It was adding unused variable:
drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c: In function 'm25p80_write':
drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c:85:6: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
int i;
^
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Use priv->wan instead of priv->id as indicator if packets should go to the
Ethernet WAN group (DPID=1) or not (DPID=0). This way, it's independant of
interface names or indexes.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
By default USB LEDs are associated with usbdev trigger. However,
not all devices which have USB LEDs have kmod-ledtrig-usbdev in their
list of default packages. Add it to the relevant devices.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <matti.laakso@outlook.com>
With an own DMA TX channel for each network device (eth0 + eth1) there
won't be any "tx ring full" errors any more.
This patch also move the spinlocks to the channel level instead of locking
the whole xrx200_hw structure.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
The mw4530r-v1 profile in tp-link.mk is for Mercury MW4530R.
There is no such a device called TL-WDR4530.
Also change MERCURY to Mercury in /lib/ar71xx.sh
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The bootmem area reserved for crashlog might be smaller than CRASHLOG_OFFSET
bytes, leading to an integer underflow when calculating the memory address
in crashlog_set_addr() which subsequently causes the kernel to crash when
attempting to vmap() the crashlog pages.
Change the logic to only consider the offset when the size of the used memory
area is sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It adds and uses ILP clock that requires some other work (in progress)
for upstreaming it. Other than that it adds a quick fix for bcma to add
serial flash before trying to read SPROM.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It wasn't accepted upstream as there was a discusson on Northstar vs.
BCM53573. Once we get a new ARM arch Kconfig entry it should be
possible to upstream it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Instead of introducing a fake filesystem type, move the tar generation step
directly into the image build step.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous image building code rework removed the rootfs.tar.gz with embedded
kernel and dtb build artifact which is required to build suitable SD images.
Reintroduce a .tar.gz artifact locally which embeds kernel and dtb, similar to
how the old code handled it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Yue Cao claims that current host rate limiting of challenge ACKS
(RFC 5961) could leak enough information to allow a patient attacker
to hijack TCP sessions. He will soon provide details in an academic
paper.
Backports upstream commit 75ff39ccc1bd5d3c455b6822ab09e533c551f758
to the used LEDE kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Should fix parser data containing uninitialized values for of probed
physmap flashes, which could break e.g. the redboot parser.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This generates proper images when using CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE and
CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Thanks to this images for SoftMAC devices don't get brcmfmac anymore and
b43 is added for devices with (quite poor) support only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This allows building images for selected devices with brcmfmac only
(without b43 which is for SoftMAC devices).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Thunder Timecloud is a small NAS with MT7621A. It has 1 USB port and an
SD Card slot. There is no wireless cards.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Due to the missing carrier status set, the interface wasn't usable on a
BTHOMEHUB2B after ip link down and up as it is done in preinit.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author of the cpu temp driver, not all xrx200 boards
have a cpu temperature sensor. For that reason enable the sensor only
for tested boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not set the lan mac address for boards which having the lan mac
address already set in device tree source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device tree binding and the associated code duplicates functionality
already patched into the etop driver. The compatible string isn't used
any more. Therefore the whole code can be dropped.
The "mac-increment" property allowed to increment a mac address received
via kernel cmdline. This functionality isn't used by any device and
should be added as etop driver device tree property if required again.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic mtd-mac-address dts property to get a mac address from
flash instead of the lantiq specific one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the same mac address increment in device tree source file and
userspace.
Don't add a mac address increment to either the only mtd mac-address or
to all mac-addresses.
Fix a typo in the TDW89X0.dtsi file to add an increment.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All device tree nodes are using the named properties now and the code
path handling the reg property isn't required any more.
The code related to the ath,eep-flash property has been reformatted to
be better readable.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The conversion to the new image building code accidentally caused the kernel
image to get compressed twice, leading to boot failures when kernel and rootfs
are flashed separately.
The sysupgrade images have been unaffected by this. Also restore the elf
kernel build artifact while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since the only difference between 24Kec and 24Kc is the addition of DSP
ASE support, and we don't use it anymore, there is no need to keep 24Kec
as a separate cpu type.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
CPU frequency scaling enables the operating system to scale the CPU
frequency up or down in order to save power. CPU frequencies can be
scaled automatically depending on the system load, in response to ACPI
events, or manually by userspace programs.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
There does not seem to be any meaningful difference in generated code.
This will save some time and space on snapshot builds
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Change the image build code to generate the DTB files as part of the kernel
build phase in order to fix the image build in the ImageBuilder environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes instability/corruption on the ethernet interface connected to port0 on the switch on Netgear R7800 as well.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Fix support for the Comtrend CT-536+, CT-5361 and CT-5621T routers support.
Currently the firmware is broken for these routers, because there is a missing
bar in the code at the DTS file avoiding to match with DTS stuff at the kernel. This
causes the router boots without ethernet connectivity. The status led also has a typo.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The ATB DTB mangle code will enter an infinite loop if it encounters a
word in the command line that contains an r in the middle of the word.
Fix this by increasing ptr everytime before invoking strchr, ot avoid
finding the same r again.
This fixes booting at least on Netgear R7500v1, which contains
"ubi.mtd=rootfs" in its commandline, triggering the misbehaviour.
Fixes: 0ddcbee261 ("ipq806x: activate ATAG DTB mangle and EA8500 rootblock in dts")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the previous PIO delay patch and add a revert patch for a faulty
upstream commit, which seems to have introduced this issue in the first
place
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix ubifs mkfs options
Use standard Build/* commands instead of doing everything in the hackish
ubi-boot-overlay template
Fix bootfs.tar.gz build error
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Check memblock regions for sufficient size before attempting to use
them. Allow checks for multiple memblock regions until a suitable one is
found.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Now that the "sysupgrade-nand" step is used by non-NAND targets as well,
rename it to "sysupgrade-tar" to make it more generic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the generic "sysupgrade-nand" build step to pack the sysupgrade file,
it performs the same steps as the inline "tar-file" macro.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The device tree description misses some Ethernet ports and there was no
model specified for this board. In addition there was no switch
specific default configuration created.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
After b47f438 "build: remove image prefix from kernel files in KDIR", the
kernel image in $(KDIR) has a different name and could not be found by the
tar-file build step anymore, leading to the following error on the build
servers:
cp: cannot stat `.../linux-octeon/lede-octeon-generic-kernel.bin': No such file or directory
make[4]: *** [.../linux-octeon/tmp/lede-octeon-generic-ext4-sysupgrade.tar] Error 1
Adjust the path to the source kernel image in order to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The stock firmware uses the single LED as status indicator only. Using the
same LED both for status and as ethernet indicator is uncommon, and has
been confusing users who were using the device as a WLAN mesh node (so the
LED was just off, as no ethernet was connected).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Our code was assuming CPU port uses the highest number. My BCM53573
device has eth0 connected to port 8 and eth1 connected to port 5. While
working on support for it I tried to:
1) Enable all ports (including port 8)
2) Set CPU port to 5
I noticed port 8 is not accessible anymore. It was just a development
process but it seems like something worth fixing anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Introduce an optional parameter at the local set_usb_led and
set_wifi_led function such that they can take a triggering
device. If no parameter is passed, behaviour is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: P.Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Several legacy images were not buildable because of missing profile
definitions in legacy-devices.mk since MultiProfile was removed. Update
legacy-devices.mk to provide all necessary profiles, and change ordering
to match legacy.mk.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
They are not used to produce regular firmware images anyway. Instead,
call their build templates directly if enabled in the config
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The consolidation of the MR24 and WNDR4700 subtargets
into the nand subtarget broke MR24's atheros wlan.
This was because the wndr4700's board code used a
pci_fixup routines to supply the ath9k module with
the calibration data.
This is not necessary on the MR24 as it has standard
mini-pcie ports. Hence the two AR9380 mini-pcie cards
do not need any calibration data overrides.
Cc: chrisrblake93@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MR24's u-boot takes it sweet time decompressing the
LZMA-packed initramfs image. A user reported that
compared to the old gzip method in v2: it "takes a ton
longer to decompress like 4\x the old boot time for
decompression".
This patch also fixes a issue with the WNDR4700's initramfs
image getting to big and causing the following u-boot crash
during the decompression:
"Uncompressing Multi-File Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
out-of-mem or overwrite error - must RESET board to recover"
This patch fixes both issues by reverting the MR24's initramfs
compression method back to gzip. And choosing to compress the
initramfs within the initramfs image as LZMA by default.
Cc: chrisrblake93@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 8c68c104ea.
It is used for apm821xx, which needs ext2 (not ext4) images for some
devices.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With that patch in place for initramfs no additional options are
reported for "/" partition. What's really important is missing
info about sizes. Which in its turn makes opkg think that there's
no space on "/" partition to install software.
I understand that's a sort of corner-case, people rarely install
packages on ramfs but anyways why not?
Just in case that's what I see with the patch:
---------------------->8--------------------
root@lede:/# cat /proc/mounts
rootfs / rootfs rw 0 0
proc /proc proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /tmp tmpfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /dev tmpfs rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600 0 0
debugfs /sys/kernel/debug debugfs rw,noatime 0 0
---------------------->8--------------------
And without:
---------------------->8--------------------
root@lede:/# cat /proc/mounts
rootfs / rootfs rw,size=256168k,nr_inodes=32021 0 0
proc /proc proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /tmp tmpfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /dev tmpfs rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600 0 0
debugfs /sys/kernel/debug debugfs rw,noatime 0 0
---------------------->8--------------------
Note how different is entry for rootfs.
And given there's no known rationale for that patch we're
getting rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since commit 217a643755 "wireless: remove rtl8188eu (staging)"
there's no point in selection of the missing module.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@openwrt.org>
Cc: Zoltan Herpai <wigyori@uid0.hu>
This patch adds support for Netgear Centria N900 WNDR4700/WNDR4720
hardware highlights:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 Rev. E at 1000 MHz (PLB=166, OPB=83, EBC=83 MHz)
Security support, Boot ROM Location NAND wo/ECC 2k page (8 bits)
32 kB I-Cache 32 kB D-Cache, 256 kB L2-Cache, 32 kB OnChip Memory
Board: AMCC APM82181 Evaluation Board, PCIE0/SATA1, 1*USB OTG
DRAM: 256 MB (ECC not enabled, 500 Mb/s, 32-bit, CL3)
NAND: 128 MiB (SLC, erase size: 128 KiB, page size: 2048, OOB size: 64)
ETH: Atheros AR8327N Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 2 x 3.0 (Renesas uPD720202K8-711-BAA-A, firmware not included)
SATA: 1 x SATA-II 3.5" Hard Drive Bay for HDDs (DesignWare SATA).
WLAN1: Atheros AR9380 5GHz 802.11an 3:3x3
WLAN2: Atheros AR9581 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 3:3x3
SDCARD: GL827L SD/MMC/MS Flash Card Reader (on internal dwc2 USB 2.0 host)
I2C: GMT G781 (i2c-0 @ 0x4d - lm90 compatible temperature sensor)
TC654 (i2c-0 @ 0x1b - Dual PWM fan Speed controller)
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
INFO: Since this device only has a NAND chip. I opted for going with
root.squashfs in a UBI volume. There's no squashfs/jffs2 image.
This target produces three images.
a. netgear factory image
This image can be used to flash the Netgear WNDR4700 via the
firmware recovery mechanism and the web admin site.
The bootloader can be instructed to do a firmware recovery via the
# fw_recovery
command. It will start a tftp server and listen on 192.168.1.1
(the ipaddr variable in u-boot) for incoming, binary tftp clients.
The firmware recovery mechanism is also started if any of the flash
content which contains the kernel, device-tree definitions or the
(fake)rootfs fails to verify or load.
b. sysupgrade.tar image for sysupgrade
An sysupgrade will replace the entire current LEDE installation
with a newer version. This does include the kernel and the ubi rootfs
partition. The configuration can be carried over automatically as well
if desired.
simply copy the sysupgrade.tar to a the WNDR4700 running LEDE and run:
root@lede:~# sysupgrade sysupgrade.tar
and let it reboot.
Note: The devicetree flash area is NOT updated. Until the devicetree
definition is stable, this can lead to all sorts of hardware
detection problems! So make sure, if you experience issues: try
the fw_recovery. If you are unsure whenever this affects you:
test if you can reproduce your issue with the initramfs method.
As it will always have up-to-date device-tree definitions.
c. initramfs image for TFTP (for development and testing)
To use the initramfs method, follow the following steps:
1) Move the "lede-apm821xx-netgear-WNDR4700-initramfs-kernel.bin"
file to to the root directory of your TFTP server.
2) rename it to wndr4700.bin
3) On the WNDR4700 - Hit Enter during u-boot and insert:
# tftp 400000 wndr4700.bin; run addtty; bootm 400000 -
This will boot the LEDE image.
Note: The default tftp server is 192.168.1.7, if you want to change it:
# setenv serverip 192.168.8.7;
Note2: The default address for the WNDR4700 is 192.168.1.1:
# setenv ipaddr 192.168.8.8;
Note: Connect you tftp server on the last LAN port (not the WAN)
Note: The firmware for the USB 3.0 Host chip is not included anymore.
Therefore the two USB 3.0 ports will not work without the
uPD7070x-firmware package installed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
From 912-hwmon-lm90-expose-to-thermal-fw-via-DT.patch:
"This patch adds to lm90 temperature sensor the possibility
to expose itself as thermal zone device, registered on the
thermal framework.
The thermal zone is built only if a device tree node
describing a thermal zone for this sensor is present
inside the lm90 DT node. Otherwise, the driver behavior
will be the same."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a hwmon driver for the Microchip TC654 and TC655
Dual SMBus PWM Fan Speed Controllers with Fan Fault detection.
The chip is described in the DS2001734C Spec Document from Microchip.
It supports:
- Shared PWM Fan Drive for two fans
- Provides RPM
- automatic PWM controller (needs additional
NTC/PTC Thermistors.)
- Overtemperature alarm (when using NTC/PTC
Thermistors)
The TC654 is used by the Netgear WNDR47X0 to control its
system fan.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Hardware Highlights:
This patch adds support for Western Digital MyBook Live Series:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC UNKNOWN (PVR=12c41c83) at 800 MHz (PLB=200, OPB=100, EBC=100 MHz)
32 kB I-Cache 32 kB D-Cache, 256 kB L2-Cache, 32 kB OnChip Memory
Board: Apollo-3G - APM82181 Board, 1*SATA
DRAM: 256 MB (2x NT5TU64M16GG-AC)
FLASH: 512 kB (SST 39VF040)
Ethernet: 1xRGMII - 1 Gbit - Broadcom PHY BCM54610
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The MyBook Live Duo additionally features a 1x USB 2.0 host port
and can support a second hard-drive.
This target produces two images for a target.
1. ext4 image
The extracted/raw image can be directly installed on
the internal HDD via "dd if=img.ext4 of=/dev/sdX".
This can either be done in place with the stock MyBook Live
firmware via ssh. Or by removing the HDD and writing the image
with a different PC.
The the compressed images are useful for sysupgrade.
2. recovery.tar image for TFTP and Serial.
extract the recovery.tar to a TFTP server directory.
On the MyBook Live (Duo) serial port - Hit Enter during u-boot and insert:
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.254; setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1; run net_self
Where 192.168.1.254 is your TFTP server.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the sata_dwc_460ex SATA driver which is used
by the SATA controllers in the MyBook Live Series and WNDR4700.
The code was backported from the upstream kernel.
It can be dropped completely on 4.7+.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the dw_dmac dma engine which is used
by the SATA controllers in the MyBook Live Series and WNDR4700.
The code was backported from the upstream kernel.
It can be dropped completely on 4.7+.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds a new target for PowerPC APM82181 and APM82161
(464-based) boards, as well as adds support for the booke-wdt
watchdog package.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch gets rid of the booke watchdog kmod package.
Instead the affected boards will enable it in their
kernel configs.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Both devices were converted to the new image build code but still using
the LegacyDevice define. Therefore an image isn't created for the
mentioned devices.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is required to update bcma without build breakage. One of bcma
patches changes BCMA_SFLASH dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Specifying the device profile in PROFILES is unnecessary, and for all
devices the DEVICE_PROFILE variable matched the device name.
Get rid of this useless variable and set DEVICE_DTS to $(1)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The network defaults for the WZR-HP-G300NH and CR3000 models wrongly set the
lan interface to a vlan tagged device while the switch was set up in untagged
mode, leading to broken lan side ethernet connectivity by default.
Fix the issue by emitting untagged interfaces, consistent with the switch
setting on the device.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On UBI-enabled devices using squashfs as their rootfs an error
message like
UBIFS error (ubi0:3 pid 1): init_constants_early: too few LEBs (12), min. is 17
was thrown while probe-mounting the rootfs which later on succeeds and
thus shouldn't alert the user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
A bug resulting in the NAND not being detected by newer kernels has
kept me sleepless for months and yet I wasn't able to discover the
cause.
Bring back patches and files for 4.1 until this has been resolved.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
It is used by a core build template, so the variable should be
initialized and added to DEVICE_VARS in the core.
Same for DEVICE_DTS_DIR
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We call all commands normally, with standard echoing. It's useful for
debugging with V=s. Don't make lzma compression an exception, it's a bit
confusing this way.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
jjPlus JWAP230 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 + QCA8337.
Short specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz with external PA (SST12LP15A), up to 28 dBm
- 3x MMCX connectors
- power input: 802.3at PoE or wide range DC (36-57 V)
- optional 802.3af PSE
- 1x mini-PCIe connector with PCIe, USB buses and SIM slot
- 1x mini-PCIe connector with PCIe bus
- 1x USB type-A connector
- 6x LED, 1x button (hardware reset)
- RS232 (MAX3223) and (E)JTAG headers
Default configuration:
- WAN on eth1 (RJ45 near LEDs with PoE input)
- LAN on eth0 (RJ45 near DC jack)
- left top LED set to be status LED
- all LEDs configurable form user space
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using RS232):
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-jwap230-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- mini-PCIe connector with PCIe/USB buses and SIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
Default configuration:
- WAN on eth1 (RJ45 near DC jack)
- LAN on eth0 (RJ45 near button)
- S4 LED set to be status LED
- all LEDs configurable form user space
- button configured for reset
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Instead of disabling unwinding entirely this upstream patch
just disables generation of async unwind tables.
Once the patch in question lands in stable 4.4 tree this change
essentially must be removed (otherwise patch application will fail).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This reverts commit acd41539d6.
There's a fix in upstream that will at some point land in 4.4 stable as
well so we'll get rid of this hack and with the next commit will apply
upstream fix.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when ath9k-htc USB dongle works with axs103 in OHCI mode
quite fine adding corresponding features to default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
* add gdma and hsdma kernel modules
* i2s support all ramips targets except rt288x
* i2s need gdma to transfer data
* add simple audio kernel module. it support device tree binding
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
D-Link DCH-M225 is based on Mediatek MT7620 with 64MB ram, 8MB flash,
3.5mm audio out support. but no ethernet and usb ports.
so you must default enable wifi.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
The NixCore X1 is a Ralink/MediaTek rt5350 WiFi Module.
http://nixcores.com/
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Drew Gaylo <drew@nixcores.com>
The partition size is wrong, leading to out-of-disk-space even on no/moderate use.
Upstream fix from vendor: 2f25eb57ed
Suggested fix for openwrt: https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/20321
Signed-off-by: Rene Treffer <treffer@measite.de>
It was intended as a workaround when jffs2 eof mark was included in the
checksum calculation in seama header. When qihoo-c301 support was
introduced the board name was not inserted into the case list (because I
was not aware of it's existence), but the issue was fixed by excluding
the jffs2 marker as part of the checksum data
Now we are at it, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Defer the CFE_EXTRAs evaluation to allow overriden BLOCK_SIZE and
IMAGE_OFFSET take effect, and replace the unused IMAGE_SIZE with
IMAGE_OFFSET in DEVICE_VARS.
This fixes image generation for targets using different offsets or
blocksizes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The CVG834G claimed to be a BCM6348, but is actually BCM3368. Since we
don't test against it, this was harmless.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When USB Wi-Fi dongle based on Atheros AR9271 is connected to OHCI
(USB 1.1) controller following warnings flood debug console:
------------------------>8---------------------------
usb 1-1: new full-speed USB device number 2 using ohci-platform
usb 1-1: ath9k_htc: Firmware ath9k_htc/htc_9271-1.4.0.fw requested
usb 1-1: ath9k_htc: Transferred FW: ath9k_htc/htc_9271-1.4.0.fw, size: 51008
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450
usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Not tainted 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d1 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450 usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d2 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450 usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d3 ]---
...
------------------------>8---------------------------
With removed warning Wi-Fi dongle works properly.
Even though this is not the best solution it gets us a working Wireless
AP. Anyways new discussion was started in linux-usb mailing list to find
a proper solution instead of that hack.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As of today USB 2.0 (AKA EHCI) doesn't work on axs103 board
and so there's no reason to build corresponding software for it.
Once USB 2.0 gets fixed on axs103 thi patch might be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Rename uboot environment partition on BT Home Hub 3A so that mac address
setting works correctly.
Also, the mac address field in the ath9k calibration data is not used,
and should not be referenced in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
This patch adds support of Mikrotik yaffs2 filesystem image for kernel file
and tools/kernel2minor package.
We neede this to boot kernel through RouterBoot on new Mikrotik NOR flash devices.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
We don't want checksum to cover any part of UBI as even its part with
SquashFS may be changed due to e.g. flash wearing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This reverts commit b3be33f135.
CFE is known to fail in some non-standard cases, e.g. when using kernel
or format different that what was tested by Broadcom. This kernel change
triggered some problem with booting OpenWrt kernel stored in Seama.
As long as Seama checksum was covering enough data, it was working fine.
We need to change it however, because calculating MD5 over part of UBI
containing SquashFS is unsafe. UBI may move PEBs depending on flash
wearing level which would break CFE booting the image.
For some reason this kernel change was breaking CFE. Calculating MD5
over 0x47ffc0 B data or less (there is 0x40 B long header) was stopping
booting process at:
Starting program at 0x00008000
As our kernel is usually 0x3fffc0 B it was affected by this problem.
Reverting this change fixes sysupgrade (which already uses kernel size
for MD5 calculation) and will allow us to adjust "fixseama" command call
on the first boot.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Pinmux for rgmii needs to be set to rgmii, not gpio.
Hide the ESW switch on boot (using new rgmii esw devicetree attribute).
Also add a Sitecom-specific profile, since the image needs to include
the rtl8366 kernel driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Diedrich <ranma+openwrt@tdiedrich.de>
The kernel config option CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL is not visible and can
not directly be activated. When kmod-udptunnel4 or kmod-udptunnel6 are
build these packages could be empty when no other kernel module selects
CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL.
Reported-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In new kernels we should use clk_prepare_enable instead of clk_enable
since clk_enable does not make proper initialization that leads
to rise WARN_ON messages and not working spi bus on the device.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
This patch is a backport for current LEDE 4.4 Kernels.
It is already upstream, for linux-next and stable.
The initial commit message is below:
The bridge is falsly dropping ipv6 mulitcast packets if there is:
1. No ipv6 address assigned on the brigde.
2. No external mld querier present.
3. The internal querier enabled.
When the bridge fails to build mld queries, because it has no
ipv6 address, it slilently returns, but keeps the local querier enabled.
This specific case causes confusing packet loss.
Ipv6 multicast snooping can only work if:
a) An external querier is present
OR
b) The bridge has an ipv6 address an is capable of sending own queries
Otherwise it has to forward/flood the ipv6 multicast traffic,
because snooping cannot work.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a flag to the bridge struct that
indicates that there is currently no ipv6 address assinged to the bridge
and returns a false state for the local querier in
__br_multicast_querier_exists().
Special thanks to Linus Lüssing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
rootfs part needs to be aligned to erase block size which is passed as
the 6th argument to Image/Build/Seama and is now 65536 since commit
commit 5119ee9 "ar71xx: fix bogus hardcoded kernel image size for Seama
images (fixes#20585)", but $(($(6) - 64)) still assumes that the
argument is a limit on kernel partition size, i.e. 1310720, so the
generated factory image is wrong in that the kernel will fail to find
the rootfs (FlySpray link at [1])
This patch will workaround it with the following steps
1. Calculate the required space for seama header and META data in step 5
2. Pre-padding 64 bytes to lzma-compressed loader
3. Generate correctly padded image-$(2).tmp
4. Strip out the padding
5. Seal it with seama utility
While at it convert seama to new build method
[1] FS#35 - mynet-n750 factory images don't find root partition,
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=35
Reported-by: Steven Haigh <netwiz@crc.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Remove kmod-crypto-deflate and kmod-ledtrig-gpio as the device works the
same by default without them
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This adds a configuration options that allows to make filesystem ACL support
the default in the kernel, except for old nfs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
Commit "kernel: mtdsplit: calculate kernel partition precisely for Seama"
changed the kernel partition to only contain the kernel itself and not
the Seama header. Adjust the fixseama call to match what is used on
brcm53xx.
This fixes failing to boot a second time after flashing the factory image
on the affected devices.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Reviewed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Add missing macro to trigger the generation of 64k padded squashfs images
- Revert Zcomax image generation to use the prepared 64k squashfs image
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Remove old style device profiles and convert them to device definitions
within the image building code
- Fix the legacy build macros for the changed eval depth in the legacy
image build wrapper
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch is already included in the Linux mainline kernel since
v3.15, remove it from LEDE, see the lines directly before this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch was introduced in commit r16412 for the brcm47xx target only
and then moved to generic in commit r32395. It was initially added
because of ticket #5186 and should fix some problems with fuse file
systems and MIPS caches. The commit comment in r32395 says that this a
generic problem in MIPS CPUs, but does not name any specifics about
that. There was a fix added to kernel 2.6.21 in commit commit
7575a49f20 "[MIPS] Implement flush_anon_page()." that should fix this
problem, but that was already available before both commits were done
to OpenWrt.
I just tested fuse with ntfs.3g without this patch on a BCM4704
(BMIPS3300 V0.6) SoC and haven't seen any problems. Someone reported
that removing this patch improves some fuse operations by 5 times on
some modern MIPS cores.
My test was only a simple "dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/zero bs=5000" to an
USB stick.
This patch removes the patch to OpenWrt, because I assume that it is
not needed any more and Felix, the orginal author, also thinks so.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Should fix LAN speed issues on some devices. This is an updated version
of the previously reverted commit with the same name.
It improves the check for MACs connected to a built-in switch
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit 59e98b27c9.
and
Revert "ar71xx: merge profiles into image building code"
This reverts commit 636089ead6.
these are still causing issues
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
After the conversion from legacy device profiles to the newer profile
information embedded in the image building code, the legacy recipes got
triggered twice with different eval depths, leading to shell syntax errors
when processing certain images.
The double processing was caused by the remaining Image/Build macro in
legacy.mk which serves as main entry point for the new style image build code
in conjunction with the newly introduced LegacyDevice/* macros which caused
the legacy image build fallback code to kick in.
In order to fix the issue, rework all legacy macros to work under the legacy
image build wrapper and remove the Image/Build macro of legacy.mk to prevent
legacy profiles getting executed in the context of the new build code.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ZBT APE522II is a dual-radio outdoor CPE based on the MT7620a SoC. It has
64 MB RAM, 8 MB flash, 2 Fast Ethernet ports via internal switch (one with
802.3af 48V PoE support), a 802.11b/g/n SoC 2.4 GHz radio and an 802.11a/n/ac
MT7612E-based 5 GHz radio.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Calibration data for QCA99x0 in this device has bogus macaddress.
The data cannot be modified directly, as it breaks checksum control.
Instead change the macaddress from phy add hotplug event.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
In the upstream kernel and the upstream squashfs4 tools the xz
compression header looks the following:
struct disk_comp_opts {
__le32 dictionary_size;
__le32 flags;
};
We added some other members and also moved some existing members. Place
the members which are already in upstream header at the same position
as in that kernel and add our own at the end. The kernel should not
have a problem when there are some additional members and just ignore
them.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
So far the network in failsafe is setup only for one board. Use the
eth0 interface as lan interface for all boards for now.
If a board has its lan interface(s) on another eth, a special
handling based on the board name can be added.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With update of binutils for ARC (this is now based on upstream 2.26)
we noticed issues with loadable kernel modules.
Something like that was happening:
--------------------->8-------------------
mbcache: unknown relocation: 49
insmod: can't insert './mbcache.ko': invalid module format
--------------------->8-------------------
More details could be found in that discussion in binutils mailing list:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnu.binutils/74662
As of now the simplest work-around is to disable in-kernel unwinder
for now. That will at least allow us to use modules again.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Ethernet, ADSL2+ and LEDs are fully functional.
Supporting the two TAE ports and SIP gateway was not attempted.
The WiFi is unreliable, due to experimental support for rt35xx family
devices by the rt2800pci driver.
Signed-off-by: Oswald Buddenhagen <oswald.buddenhagen@gmx.de>
[rebase to LEDE HEAD]
[switch to normal image instead of brnboot image]
[remove not required pinmux child nodes keys, leds, ebu, exin, pci_in and pci_out]
[remove switch_rst pinmux child node (no support for hw reset in driver/setting a default GPIO value in DT]
[enable usage of the wireless LED]
[fixup mac address configuration]
Sgned-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The patch has been run-tested and the relevant dmsg logs are as the
following
[ 0.762447] Creating 5 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
[ 0.767217] 0x000000000000-0x000000010000 : "u-boot"
[ 0.775139] 0x000000010000-0x000000020000 : "bdinfo"
[ 0.781014] 0x000000020000-0x000000fe0000 : "firmware"
[ 0.810558] 2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 0.815043] 0x000000020000-0x000000170000 : "kernel"
[ 0.821925] 0x000000170000-0x000000fe0000 : "rootfs"
[ 0.827587] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 0.831937] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 0.837983] 0x0000005c0000-0x000000fe0000 : "rootfs_data"
[ 0.845621] 0x000000fe0000-0x000000ff0000 : "backup"
[ 0.851445] 0x000000ff0000-0x000001000000 : "art"
While at it, convert to new build method
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The bootloader uses 30 MHz as the SPI frequency for flash on the Germany and
North America models, and 50 MHz for it on the worldwide model, but the Lantiq
SPI driver in OpenWrt and LEDE may access the flash differently such that
writes are capped at 20 MHz, leading to read errors reported on the worldwide
model at 30 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The EASY80920 is available with the A1X and the A2X chip version
depending on the board version. Add both firmware versions to device
tree and make the driver load the correct version depending on the chip
version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This image format is used by Lantiq's / Intel's UGW version 6.1 to 7.1.
These images can be flashed onto a board with the SoC vendor boot
loader as a replacement for the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The lantiq kernel arch code selects CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER always, so
it is always selected when the lantiq target is build. we do not need
support for unselected CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER option.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of having CFE_EXTRAS for every device that need specific block sizes
and image offset, let's define a couple of vars which can be customized for
each device.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Some devices require padded images in order to prevent CFE from flashing them
to the wrong offset.
For small flashes (4/8) this is no big deal, but for larger flashes (16/32) this
implies 8 and 16 MB images, which is way too large and some devices aren't
capable of flashing them through sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The only difference is a field in the image tag header, so just define
two images for it instead of treating them as separate devices.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
External IRQs are currently broken, fix the BCM6345_EXT_IRQ driver.
Since the adoption of the new driver irq-bcm6345-ext, in Chaos Calmer,
external IRQs don't work. It seems there were some minor errors at the initial
development of the driver.
This patch fixes the ticket https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/21613
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
* add rt_i2c structure to store driver data
* rewrite read/write check function and add i2c error status check.
so we don't need to wait until time out.
* add 10 bits address support. according to the data sheet i think
it is possible. but i haven't verify it.
* the most important is start transfer only need once. otherwise
it cause I2C_STARTERR status.
* add set i2c clock speed register by dts options "clock-frequency".
not just hard code it.
* add mt7621 i2c driver. i just copy i2c-ralink.c and change register
names. and the hardware don't support error status. so i remove it.
but the logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
The restart event code is used in LEDE to trigger a factory reset on
long press as well.
By using the power event code, the restart functionality can be used
without being prone to trigger a factory reset.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch is a follow up to commit 4cf3fd4 "add support for indicating
the boot state using three leds".
At the time of writing the patch, I wasn't aware that it's possible to
switch info failsafe after boot (factory reset).
Enabling the failsafe led without disabling the running led causes an
unexpected led colour on devices using a single multicolour led to
indicate the boot state.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The *_UBIFS_OPTS variables need to be prefixed with DEVICE_ to match
the profile name.
The conditions need to be evaluated after the *_UBIFS_OPTS are set,
otherwise the variables are always empty.
Do not append or pass the DEVICE_ prefixed profile name to the images.
Use the name that is passed by the Image/Build/Profile/ step.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In kernel 4.7 there is upstreamed b53 driver using (mostly?) the same
symbols as our b53 does. Change our symbols so both drivers can coexist
in kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
So far "kernel" partition didn't contain just a kernel. It also included
Seama header and meta data. This was making kernel update complex and it
wasn't trivial to read kernel size.
Fix it by making "kernel" parition contain just a kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Despite the MS_SILENT flag being set when probing for ubifs rootfs a
logline indicating an error is generated during boot:
UBIFS error (pid: 1): cannot open "ubi0:rootfs", error -19
This leads to confusion and there shouldn't be lines containing
the word 'error' twice in a bootlog if actually everything is fine
(just the rootfs happens to be something else than ubifs)
The patch added has been submitted and was accepted upstream, see:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2016-June/068056.htmlhttp://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/637491
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The generic sysupgrade image attempted to use the wrong filesystem type due
to premature variable interpolation leading to the following error on the
buildbot system:
cp: cannot stat `.../root.squashfs': No such file or directory
make[4]: *** [.../tmp/lede-octeon-generic-ext4-sysupgrade.tar] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Reordered the VLANs so the LAN ports are set to VLAN 1 and the WAN port is set to VLAN 2, as in the other routers in the config file. Moreover, this model had this VLAN mapping in OpenWRT Chaos Calmer. It seems that the VLAN were switched when fixing a bug in the port mapping ( OpenWRT changeset 47799 )
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
The command-line arguments provided by the boot loader will be
appended to a new device tree property: bootloader-args.
If there is a property "append-rootblock" in DT under /chosen
and a root= option in bootloaders command line it will be parsed
and added to DT bootargs with the form: <append-rootblock>XX.
Only command line ATAG will be processed, the rest of the ATAGs
sent by bootloader will be ignored.
This is usefull in dual boot systems, to get the current root partition
without afecting the rest of the system.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Already reschedule when 1 or more frames came in.
Checking for a full queue could produce a re-schedule loop as
the checked RX ring location could contain undefined values
depending on activity in previous loops.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This can be used to prevent double compression for platforms where the
boot loader already expects compressed images.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cisco RV0XX u-boot sets MEM=2048 as boot param. We assume that at least
4MB (mem_alloc_size) of ram is needed to run linux on cavium boards, so
if mem < 4M - ignore it and set default value
Signed-off-by: Michał Osowiecki <michal.osowiecki@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 53147c2237.
These config changes break booting on C2600 and probably other devices.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
Commit 9ff8928bb9 renamed the snd-soc-mt7620-i2s
driver and dropped snd-soc-mt7620-wm8960 which selected CONFIG_SND_SOC_WM8960
breaking all ramips builds due to undefined kernel config symbols.
Rework the kmod-sound-mt7620 package to explicitely select the
CONFIG_SND_SOC_WM8960 symbols and change it to bundle the renamed .ko file.
Also remove the @BROKEN flag and exclude it on the rt288x subtarget instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
DuZun DM06 is a develop board based on mt7628
64M RAM, 8M SPI Flash, 1 WAN, 1 LAN.
wm8960 codec with line out, line in and speaker output.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* remove mt7620-wm8960.c use simple card and DTS to do it
* add old chips support
* add 12Mhz refclk setup. this is hard code. need use clock framework
rewrite it
* add interrupt error status support for debug. default disable it.
because it cause to many interrupts
* add setup bclk suport not hard code it
* add 24 bits support for mt7628. not verified
* use regmap api to control registers
* add txdma-req/rxdma-req DTS params for DMA use
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* add rt_i2c structure to store driver data
* rewrite read/write check function and add i2c error status check.
so we don't need to wait until time out.
* add 10 bits address support. according to the data sheet i think
it is possible. but i haven't verify it.
* the most important is start transfer only need once. otherwise
it cause I2C_STARTERR status.
* add set i2c clock speed register by dts options "clock-frequency".
not just hard code it.
* add mt7621 i2c driver. i just copy i2c-ralink.c and change register
names. and the hardware don't support error status. so i remove it.
but the logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* fix compiler error. device_control operation not support now.
* add old chips support 8 channels. new chips support 16 channels.
* add mt7621 hsdma driver. data sheet says it has two channels.
but after test only one channel support.
* add memory to memory DMA support. i use dmatest kernel module to
verify this function. on rt305x it will copy more data. on mt7621
only two channels can works at the same time. these two chips
maybe have hardware bugs. because on other chips don't have these bugs.
* use tasklet to handle remaining dma requests.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
In commit "regulator: qcom: Rework to single platform device" the smb208
regulator used in IPQ8064 was left out.
Add it to that new framework and update Docs and DT accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
this worked in 3.18 but broke at some point. the old code that loaded a
irq table was incorrewct anyhow as it mapped the irqs int he domain which
should really be done when the driver using them loads them and not the
irq driver itself.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The swconfig kernel infrastructure fails to do any permissions checks when
changing settings. As such an ordinary user account on a device with a
switch can change switch settings without any special permissions.
Routers generally have few non-admin users so this isn't a big hole, but it
is a security hole. Likely the greatest danger is for multifunction devices
which have a lot of extra daemons, compromising a low-security daemon would
allow one to modify switch settings and cause the router/switch to appear to
lock-up (or cause other sorts of troublesome nyetwork behavior).
Implement a check for CAP_NET_ADMIN in swconfig_set_attr() and deny any
requests originating from user contexts lacking this capability.
Reported-by: Elliott Mitchell <ehem+openwrt@m5p.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
kmod-sound-soc-digidac1-soundcard is also missing snd-soc-wm8804 dependency
for snd-soc-wm8804-i2c
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
As usual these patches were extracted from the raspberry pi repo:
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-4.4.y
Also alphabetically order sound-soc kernel packages.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
- Use KERNEL_INITRAMFS_SUFFIX for customizing initramfs name.
- Modifying $(PROFILES) is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Now that deviations to the default /etc/config/system are registered via
board.d we can drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that deviations to the default /etc/config/system are registered via
board.d we can drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The system config file shipped by ath25 is now equivalent to the generic one
in base files, so drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ath25 target has its own unique button action config support, which is not
used anywhere except for two example logger statements in UCI.
Since there is a generic /etc/rc.button facility since some time already there
is no reason at all to keep this target specific mechanism anymore, so simply
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch adds the target profile SOM9331 and configures hardware
functionality for the 3x Eth Ports & corresponding LED's, the USB Host,
the USART to USB bridge and the System LED.
Signed-off-by: Allan Nick Pedrana <nik9993@gmail.com>
Upstream dropped the `dapm` member of `struct snd_soc_component`, requiring
users to access it using `snd_soc_codec_get_dapm()` instead so change the
driver code to do just that.
Fixes the following build error spotted by the buildbots:
CC [M] sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.o
sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.c: In function 'avila_aic3x_init':
sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.c:104:44: error: 'struct snd_soc_codec' has no member named 'dapm'
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* build for pentium4 instead of i486
* enable PAE
* enable EFI support
* enable KVM guest and host support
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use the DMI data available in sysfs to extract manufacturer and model info
and write it to /tmp/sysinfo/.
The data will be picked up by board_detect and can be used by e.g. LuCI to
display a more appropriate model description.
On an APU board the files will contain the following values:
# cat /tmp/sysinfo/model
PC Engines APU
# cat /tmp/sysinfo/board_name
pc-engines-apu
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Enable support for DMI decoding in the kernel so that we can access
manufacturer and model information via sysfs.
Also remove redundant per-subtarget DMI overrides and preset a few
previously unset symbols popping up due to the now enabled DMI support.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
most symbols should be in Kernel packages
depending on HW the removal of
CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY
and USB symbols might be wrong
compile tested only
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
Initially for ARC we were building vmlinux images because it
was both simpler and more convenient to debug Linux kernel
in runt-time via JTAG. Now when base system works quite nice
we may finally use U-Boot for loading the system image as
well. Still we keep building vmlinux images as some of our
boards are development boards and loading images with JTAG
could be at some points very beneficial.
Note for U-Boot header it's required to specify 2 values:
* loading address
* entry point (if it doesn't match loading address)
and in case of ARC entry point (EP) not only differs from
loading address but also changes from build to build due to
initramfs being placed between loading address and text section.
To accommodate that feature we have to calculate EP after
vmlinux gets built and before call to mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
even it's a little bit verbose, unmacrod board descriptions are much
easier to read and to understand.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This patch adds support for the Netgear EVG2000 VoIP Gateway to the
bcm63xx targets.
This device was not sold to the general public, but rather is/was
provided by telcos to customers in Sweden, Australia, Singapore and
other parts of asia.
Known issues:
- Unable to detect 53115 switch. This appear to be a problem with
probing for the PHY using MDIO and results in error 5. Doesn't seem to
be a problem with the configuration, and could use someone with
experience to have a look at it.
- Uses the b43 driver as using the OpenWRT/LEDE broadcom-wl driver
fails to load the firmware for the 4322, so 802.11n is not supported.
More info on the device and the research can be found at:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/netgear/evg2000https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Netgear_EVG2000https://github.com/Xotic750/mirror-lede/tree/evg2000https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=63950
Signed-off-by: Graham Fairweather <xotic750@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Some devices with ath9k WiFi require changing the default active low
polarity to high in order to correctly operate the WiFi status LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
These scripts were causing ip issues in the latest version of LEDE:
https://gist.github.com/Noltari/6d20d8bcbe236caf516c0a73f5477d00
Fixes preinit iface script by making eth0 the default ifname and only changing
it to eth1 for the devices that specifically need it.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
- Use default number of uarts (2) for rt288x/rt305x/rt3883/mt7620.
- Allow up to 3 uarts on MT7621 and MT7628.
- Remove unneeded SERIAL_8250_RT288X for MT7628.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The Widora board is similar to the Linkit 7688 but features a larger flash
capacity.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Chenmang <771992497@qq.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: Reword commit message, cleanup initial PR]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous image creation code would have failed if the
unpadded kernel uImage size was less than 64 bytes from the
next erase block boundary. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
The CPE210 was still described for the OEM upgrade as compatible,
even the wireless configuration isn't compatible anymore between
both series (2ghz and 5ghz).
Update the CPE210 image profile to use the new profile.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The CPE210's ancestor is the CPE510 not the other way around. The device
profile is also named after the CPE510.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The bootloader on this device expects the kernel partition to end
on a 64k boundary. The last 64 byte of the kernel partition must
contain a valid uImage header (the fakeroot partition).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
1)Changes
- Rebased the patches for linux-4.4.7
- Added patch to fix spi nor fifo and dma support
- Added patch to configure watchdog barktime
2)Testing
Tested on IPQ AP148 Board:
a. NOR boot and NAND boot
b. ethernet network and ath10k wifi
c. ubi sysupgrade
UnTested
dwc3 usb has not been validated on IPQ board(AP148)
3)Known Issues:
Once we flash ubi image on AP148, and if we reset the board, uboot on
first boot creates PEB and LEB for dynamic sized partitions, which is incorrect
and not what linux expects which causes errors when trying to mount rootfs.
In order to test this, we can use the below steps:
a. Flash the ubi image on board and don't reset the board
b. load the kernel fit image in RAM and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangi@codeaurora.org>
The user benpicco in #openwrt reported that images are build which are
bigger that the available flash size.
He provided a proof of concept fix and gave permission to me to send it
for inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The RJ45 WAN port is used for xDSL as well as the IP101A.
The pins 1,2,3,6 of the RJ45 are connected to the IP101A and the
pins 4,5 are connected to the xdsl chip.
Drop the ip101a-rst node. It can't be controlled and is not required
at all.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The STP pinmux was initially added in assumption LAN2 led is driven by
it. It worked somehow because STP group and gphy0 led0 share the GPIO.
Do it the right way by adding the gphy0 led0 the gphy function.
According to the author, the SPI node is a copy & paste leftover. Which
makes sense since nothing is connected to the SPI bus on this device.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the brnboot partition layout as it is listed in the OpenWrt wiki
article for this board.
Configure the brnboot root selector for this device as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cleanup the pinmux configuration by removing the unused spi node. Nothing is connected to the SPI bus on devices.
The stp_out pinmux child node covers the same GPIOs as the already used
stp group.
The same applies to the gphy-leds_out pinmux node and the "gphy0
led1" as well as "gphy1 led0" groups.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch fixes the missing Lan interface config in the file
/etc/config/network for ARV4518PWR01/A which results in eth0 and br-lan
being down and therefore no way to access the router unless via UART-TTL.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Berdai <mohammed.berdai@gmail.com>
RB912 has one usb shared between external USB and miniPCIe slot. GPIO52 can
reroute power to external USB (=1) or internal miniPCIe slot (=0)
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
The query for ARMADA_THERMAL is stalling the kconfig process and as long as we
do not package it, simply disable the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Generalize the partition discovery in sysupgrade in order to fix sysupgrade
and config backup/recovery on MMC block devices which use a different naming
scheme compared to mtdblock or sd* devices.
The change also adds the find applet to the ramdisk utilities so that upgrade
code can rely on it.
The commit is based on the initial submission by Russell Senior at
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/625440/ .
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The cpe510 has two calibration tables. The first calibration
table requires to modify ath9k driver to work (patched tx gain table).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The CE image format used by OpenMesh can contain extra blocks which
are not used for flashing. Only the first three embedded images
(fwupgrade.cfg, kernel, rootfs) are required in this order to successfully
flash an image via sysupgrade. All extra embedded images should be ignored
for the available devices.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The platform_check_image_openmesh function used break statements to signal
that the board name matched the image target. This worked because the
sysupgrade binary checked the image inside a loop. The break statement
stopped the loop and skipped any additional check.
Instead the check should be done without such sideeffects by simply
combining the board names and image targets. Only a mismatch should cause a
negative result for the caller and skipping of the additional checks.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Some OpenWrt based firmwares like Gluon expect that a sysupgrade image
exists when a device firmware can be updated via sysupgrade. This image
wasn't created until now because OpenMesh devices use the same image for
factory and sysupgrade flash. Copying the image from *factory.bin to
*sysupgrade.bin is therefore enough to make the sysupgrade functionality
visible.
Reported-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Summary of changes:
* moved config-3.18 to config-4.4 and patches-3.18 to patches-4.4
* removed most of the first two patches, that seem to be upstream already
* changed deprecated/removed IRQF_DISABLED to zero following examples in upstream kernel patches
* added config line to disable device-tree to satisfy kernel configuration
* add new image generation code
Build tested and run tested on an Accton MR3201A.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Currently, for RT5350 and MT7628, esw is marked as compatible with
"ralink,rt3050-esw". While this is true, the switches within RT5350
and MT7628 actually support more functionality than the RT3050 switch.
One such example is per-VLAN untagging, which is an important feature.
RT3352 is another example of this, but it already has an additional
compatible property, which allows to differentiate it from RT3050.
This commit adds such more specific properties for RT5350 and MT7628
as well.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
The only difference between the VG3503J profiles is the version of the
gphy firmware that gets loaded. This can be handled perfect fine in one
device tree source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- disable all ethernet ports except port 0 on MPR-A2
Port 0 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs in order to save power.
- don't use a VLAN for the single ethernet port of the MPR-A2
Like A5-V11, this router only has one ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Disable marvell,nand-keep-config property on WRT1900AC to allow the
flash driver to properly probe the chip
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The LNA improves the rx path. Within a simple test setup
it improved the signal from -60dbm to -40dbm.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Both scripts modified by this patch were added by me. First of all I
incorrectly added OpenWrt as Copyright holder. It was wrong because:
1) I simply can't transfer my moral rights according to the Polish law
2) Transfering copyrights (economic rights) requires an agreement which
I didn't sign with OpenWrt(.org).
Other than that I don't find these trivial scripts important enough to
put info about *my* copyrights in a header so this patch just drops them
completely.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
- CPU QCA9531-BL3A
- RAM: 64MB
- flash: 16MB
- USB
AP143 platform, similar to tl-wr841n v10/v11, but with USB
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
To avoid confusion with different unifiac devices, rename existing target
"unifiac" to "unifiac-lite", before "unifiac-pro" is introduced.
Signed-off-by: P.Wassi <p.wassi at gmx.at>
This commit makes the following modifications to ramips dts files:
1. Add clkctrl node to all dtsi files (although not used for now)
2. Add clocks and clock-names properties to some nodes (usbphy, pci)
3. Add usbphy node for rt3050 (although not used for now)
4. Add clock-frequency to uart nodes in mt7621.dtsi and mt7628an.dtsi
These modifications, although not fully used at the moment, will make
it easier for FreeBSD to adopt and use LEDE ramips dts files with
minimal changes for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
OpenWRT changed the default fq_codel sch->limit from 10240 to 1024,
without also adjusting q->flows_cnt. Eric Dumazet explains below that
you must also adjust the buckets (q->flows_cnt) for this not to break.
Eric explains: Limit of 1024 packets and 1024 flows is not wise I think.
(If all buckets are in use, each bucket has a virtual queue of 1 packet,
which is almost the same than having no queue at all)
I suggest to have at least 8 packets per bucket, to let Codel have a
chance to trigger. So you could either reduce number of buckets to 128
(if memory is tight), or increase limit to 8192.
flows_cnt is now set to 1024/8=128
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add node aliases to dtsi files.
Reword dts files so they're more in-line with upstream.
Fix some more warnings and errors reported by dtc
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
Building for octeon fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso-n32.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags'
section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Use the same workaround as the one for vdso.so.dbg committed in
9eb155353a.
Commit 91f205acaf extended the workaround
to cover vdso-o32.so.dbg but missed the vdso-n32.so.dbg which is added
now by this change.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch introduces serial0 aliases in the ramips DTS files, which can
then be used to denote the active console instead of relying on bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
This router only has one ethernet port, so a VLAN is useless here, now that the rt3050 TCP bug that happened without VLANs has been fixed for a very long time.
Add this router to the VLAN-less config that is used by other single-port routers.
Also fix MAC address detection code since this router has no WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Some routers only have one port, so eth0 is used without VLANs for them.
Revision r47720 introduced some changes, but wrongly confused "enable" with "reset".
VLANs need to be disabled for those routers, and the switch may be reset.
Fix this, by explicitly disabling VLANs instead of resetting the switch for these routers.
Also merge duplicate configuration for the "m2m".
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
The new rt3050 switch driver doesn't have problems with TCP when not
using VLANs.
This piece of code also broke failsafe for all routers where the LAN
port is not wired to port 0 of the internal switch.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49293
Port 0 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs
in order to save power.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49292
Port 4 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs
in order to save power.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49291
This patch allows configuring ports to be disabled in the device tree; this
saves power, since disabling ports here actually disables power to ethernet
PHYs.
Line 444 enables all ethernet ports, so line 487 is getting zero ports to be
disabled, except for port 5 in SoCs where this is not implemented as it will
be sticky disabled in register POC0. Because of this, the code will still read
the switch configuration and OR it to the device tree setting.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49290
Line 444 is actually enabling all switch ports by setting the disable bits
to 0. This needs to be done because the bootloader sets all ports to disabled
by default (which is the case for at least one router based on RT5350).
So, this patch fixes the comment in line 443.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49289
The FCT2 esw register should be set to 0x2500C to have "unknown IPv6
multicast" packets broadcasted to every port, instead of dropped.
The previous value only let those packets go through ports 1 and 3.
"Unknown IPv6 multicast" packets include packets needed by ICMPv6 echo
requests addressed to well-known addresses, such as ff02::1 (MAC address
is 33:33:00:00:00:01 in this case).
Please note that by default ICMPv6 echo requests to ff02::1 are not replied
to by the router because of ip6tables considering those packets to be invalid.
But this is another bug/patch. ;)
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49287
VGV7510KW2 with VRX288 v1.2 has brnboot 1.8 installed. Starting with
this brnboot version, the "GPHY Clock Source" isn't set anymore by
brnboot, with the result that xrx200-net fails to probe/initialize the
phys.
Use the phy clock source device tree binding to specify the clock source.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49284
brnboot based devices can have two Image partitions. When flashing
images via the brnboot recovery web interface, the Image partitions are
written alternating.
The current active Image partition is stored in the first byte of the
Primary_Setting partition by using 0x00 for Code_Image_0 and 0x01 for
Code_Image_1.
By using the information about the active "Code Image", it is possible
to ensure that the rootfs belongs to the current booted Image/Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49281
Starting with kernel 4.4, the use of partitions as direct subnodes of the
mtd device is discouraged and only supported for backward compatiblity
reasons.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49280
Use the same name for TP-Link images as it was with the old image build
code.
Move the BOARD_ID export to the TP-Link image build recipe, to indicate
that the variable is only related in this context.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49279
Based on the vg3503j_gphy_led.sh script published in the VG3503J wiki
article, the OEM Firmware uses the following PHY led functionality:
gphy led 0: LINK/ACTIVITY
gphy led 1: LINK
gphy led 2: ACTIVITY
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49278
The VGV7510KW22 has the leds for LAN1-3 connected to pin1 of the phys
and the led for LAN4 connect to pin0 of the phy. This results with the
current configuration in a fast flashing LAN4 led as soon as a network
cable is connected. Something similar was reported on the forum[1] for
the VGV7519 as well.
Since it isn't predicable to which pin a (single) phy led is connected,
use the (default) pin1 functionality
Constant On: 10/100/1000MBit
Blink Fast: None
Blink Slow: None
Pulse: TX/RX
for all ethernet phy leds.
After checking pictures of all vr9 boards, it looks like only the VG3503J
has more than one led connected per phy. Using the phy led device tree
bindings to assign the functionality to the "additional" leds, the
VG3503J phy leds should behave as before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=321523
SVN-Revision: 49270
add support for Planex MZK-EX750NP.
MZK-EX750NP is MT7620A and MT7610E based 11ac wifi repeater.
Built-in power supply.
64MiB RAM, 8MiB SPI Flash, non Wired Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49268
Building for octeon fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso-o32.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags'
section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Use the same workaround as the one for vdso.so.dbg committed in
9eb155353a.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Currently the build fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags' section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Add a makefile rule to force the rebuild of vdso.so.dbg if genvdso has
has been changed to workaround the failure.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
For some time now m25p80 supports 32 MiB flashes and we just needed to
patch spi-nor to support JEDEC incompatible w25q128. Also by switching
to m25p80 we gain accelerated SPI flash reads.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49260
Commit 8c130dd (lantiq: use new image build process for some images) broke
image generation for the xway target since the generated macros reference not
existing WBMRA.dts and WBMRB.dts files leading to the following build error:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: error: ../dts/WBMRA.dts: No such file or directory
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: warning: '-x assembler-with-cpp' after last input file has no effect
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: fatal error: no input files
Previously both the WBMRA and WBMRB profiles shared a common WBMR DT since
the only difference is the embedded firmware kmod package.
Extend the lantiqImage macro to optionally support specifying a different
DTS file and use this facility to let the both WBMR profiles reference the
correct device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This regression was introduced while rebasing LEDE's commits over the latest
OpenWrt repository.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The kmod-acpi-button functionality is included in the kernel where needed
and the corresponding kmod package has been deleted long ago, therfor drop
the remaining references now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest make_ext4fs Git HEAD to fix build with recent glibc version
which does not implicitely includes sysmacros.h anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Implement a crude but functioning sysupgrade image check for the
Raspberry Pi. The code only checks if the master boot record boot
signature (0x55aa) is present in the first 512-bytes at the correct
location. This can prevent the odd bricking of a system when flashing
the wrong file.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
This update also adds individual download of firmware files instead of fetching
every file on the repository (10-MiB vs 100+MiB).
Also copy Linux license from kernel directory instead of using the rpi-firmware
one.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The dwc2 USB driver now works on Lantiq ar9, but the
default is still ltq-hcd-ar9. This patch switches to
dwc2 by default.
v2: all ar9 boards (v1 was just for BTHOMEHUBV3A and WBMR)
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49254
The only way to access the u-boot console on the BTHOMEHUBV3A
is by soldering a serial console onto some really tiny pads.
To enable installation without soldering it would be helpful
to be able to modify the uboot environment from within
the ramdisk image used as part of the installation process.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49253
Remove read-only flag on two partitions on BTHOMEHUBV3A:
uboot-config - otherwise fw_setenv command cannot be used.
ath9k-cal - so that ath9k calibration data can be copied
to the partition on a newly installed board.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49250
Fixes some DMA issues with this platform. Because this isn't currently accepted,
and can potentially disrupt other platforms (as read in commit log), I will
leave this cns3xxx specific.
Original Patch: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/600024/
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 49249
Fix is required to properly set pci config bits.
Original Patch: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/596170/
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 49248
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR740N v6 into OpenWrt trunk. Hardware wise, it's very similar to the TL-WR841N v10. See the forum thread [1]. Credit goes to the user 'traveler' who did the legwork and tested builds.
Also thanks to Matthias Schiffer for clarifying the DEVICE_PROFILE settings.
Signed-off by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
[1]: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=318704
SVN-Revision: 49245
Dynamic allocation of label can be simplified.
Also add error handling to deal with failed memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49244
LZMA compress the kernel without dictionary, otherwise brnboot fails to
uncompress the kernel.
The filesystem parameter of mkbrncmdline was dropped since the used
filesystem isn't exported in the kernel build step and at least in my
tests everything works without the parameter. If the parameter is
required for some reason, the static keyword "squashfs" can be used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49241
Set the kernel entry address to the same value as it is used for the old
image build build process.
Fixes boot of uImages on VGV7510KW22NOR and others.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49237
CS-QR10 is MT7620A based IP Camera.
the camera and sound does not work with kernel 4.4.
- camera chip is sn9c291.
- sound chip is wm8960.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49234
Makes the patches apply again by fixing the white space broken patch.
This problem was introduced in r49212.
Closes#22248 and #22259
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 49221
A missing semicolon in the gpio-keys-polled section of ox820-akitio.dts
caused the build to break. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 49219
Since December 2015, the Archer C7 comes with an US-specific firmware. This
firmware will only allow upgrades with images that contain the US region
code in the firmware header.
The "universal" firmware distributed in the rest of the world doesn't care
about the region code, so we can just unconditionally set the region to US
for now. When other region-specific firmwares appear, we'll need to create
a factory image for each of them.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 49217
The build command will always get the whole argument string in $(1),
regardless of whitespace. We need to use word/wordlist to split the string
after the first word.
Whitespace and quotation will be given to the command verbatim (make will
ignore it), so to give multiple arguments, no quotation marks may be used.
Fixes: r47174 ("ar71xx/image: add options argument to mktplinkfw step")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 49216
The WG3526 is the follow-up to the 2626 and is mostly the same, with the
excaption that the mt7602 has been replaced with the mt7603. The internal wifi
setup has also changed slightly. Based on my tests, everything that worked on
the 2626 works on the 3526 and with roughly the same performance.
v1->v2:
* Remove some references to 2626 that I had missed in the dts.
v2->v3:
* Update patch to match new file structure.
* Removed SD driver to be consistent with other MT7621 targets.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49213
ELECOM WRH-300CR is MT7620N based very small Wi-Fi router with 64MiB
DDR2 SDRAM, 16MiB SPI Flash, one fast ethernet port, and (internal but
easy-to-access) UART.
it also has internal USB hub and USB card reader which provide one USB
port, one SD card slot, and one microSD card slot.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49211
This adds for some easy images the new build process.
This was only tested on some TP-Link devices, please test.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 49210
update DTS files to use jedec,spi-nor compatible string for m25p80 to fix probe issues.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49209
It was already increased for NAND devices so do the same for the ones
with serial memory.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49207
In order to create a bootable block storage device, both bootfs and rootfs
tarballs are required. However, our current scheme does not export a bootfs
tarball so add the packaging of it here.
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 49196
The file linux/mdio-gpio.h was moved to linux/platform_data/mdio-gpio.h
in kernel 4.4
Reported-by: Arjen de Korte <arjen+openwrt@de-korte.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 49193
Virtual disk devices in a Xen virtual machine (DomU) can be /dev/xvda,
/dev/xvdb and so on with partitions like /dev/xdva1. Devices named like
this where not considered before. This resulted in a non working
sysupgrade, because the boot partition could not be found.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <alex@netz39.de>
Suggested-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 49190
OpenWrt can be flashed with following uboot commands:
tftpboot 0x80500000 openwrt-ar71xx-generic-wpj342-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
SVN-Revision: 49157
Reconfiguring the UART when the FIFO is not empty may cause the boot to
hang. This hang is extremely suspectible to timing differences; recompiling
the kernel with the same configuration, but different UTS_VERSION
timestamps can yield images that hang more or less often. Sometimes images
are produced that hang reproducibly.
This patch should also make it into one of the next linux-stable releases,
but it's better to get this fixed as soon as possible.
Fixes#21773, #21857.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 49156
This enables misaligned access handling by software in Linux kernel.
With some wireless drivers (ath9k-htc and mt7601u for example) we see
misaligned accesses here and there and to cope with that without
fixing stuff in the drivers we're just gracefully handling it on ARC.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
SVN-Revision: 49134
AXS101 beind a development board lacks built-in wireles inerfaces.
So we have to use external USB dongles to turn the board into
wireless router.
The best USB Wi-Fi dongles to work in AP-mode seem to be based on
ath9k-htc chipset.
And so with that change we add support of mentioned dongles in
default and axs101 builds.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
SVN-Revision: 49133
Misc fixes for LinkIt 7688 board:
- Copy the right wireless firmware for the mt7688
- Add back '0065-mt7688-fixes.patch', left out after the move to Linux 4.4.
- Remove SPI_DEV from linux config which otherwise causes a massive warning
- Add wmac to LINKIT7688.dts so wireless works
Signed-off-by: Adam Kent <adam@semicircular.net>
SVN-Revision: 49130
Currently the maximum image size defaults to 8Mbyte even though this model has 16Mbyte of flash memory.
Tested and works on my device.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
SVN-Revision: 49129
Remove unnecessary packages to reduce image size so it fits in initramfs (to enable upgrading from factory firmware).
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
SVN-Revision: 49127
This reverts commit r48961. It didn't fix PCIe host driver issue as
there are more aborts triggered by it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49120
4.3 isn't oficially used anymore but it may be useful for debugging PCI
host driver regression. SPROM driver doesn't seem to work correctly with
4.3:
[ 2.336686] bcma: bus0: Using fallback SPROM failed (err -2)
[ 2.342366] bcma: bus0: No SPROM available
but it at least compiles now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49113
Let's not confuse users about the revisions of their devices when we can
easily avoid it.
Not tested on real hardware.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 49107
Instead of adding the space when combining $model and $hwver, add the space
to the beginning of $hwver, so the resulting string won't end with a space
when $hwver is set to the empty string.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 49106
There's no reason for us to be more lenient than the stock firmware, so
better check the HWREV as well to avoid bricked devices.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 49105
- all subtarget specific defines are in their own files
- common defines left in main Makefile
- each subtarget makefile idefed with SUBTARGET
- all subtargets compile tested
- few seems to be broken/unneeded things marked with FIXME
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
SVN-Revision: 49104
This patch provides full GPIO support for WNR2200 (LEDs and buttons).
It exposes all LEDs to operating system, including Ethernet ones.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 49101
Fix for invalid/random/duplicate WLAN MAC address in WNR2200.
Permanent platform MAC is calculated and assigned during system startup.
WLAN MAC follows wired Ethernet interface addresses.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 49100
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR841N/ND to trunk. It is
similar to the already supported v10 - see [1]. I have added support
based on that topic; in the meantime it has been confirmed working
(see the forum thread, and also [2]).
Signed-off by Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
[1]: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=61309
[2]: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=63657
SVN-Revision: 49099
On most platforms the cmdline is supplied by the loader to the kernel.
When using an elf loader with cmdline the size is bloated by 512k.
For loader-elf platforms like the cpe510 better use loader-elf but patch
the cmdline into the kernel.
wdr1043: Tested loader still works using sysupgade image.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
SVN-Revision: 49080
The loader decompress a lzma compressed kernel. Some bootloaders
only support elf files like the tplink cpe510
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
SVN-Revision: 49079
This patch provides full GPIO support for WNR1000v2 (LEDs and buttons).
It exposes all LEDs to operating system, including Ethernet ones.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 49076
Not all mach-* files set all boards correctly in ETH_CFG. They depend on
some preset values by u-boot which were not previously modified by
ath79_setup_qca955x_eth_cfg. Avoiding to modify them in this function keeps
it backward compatible for these boards.
This reverts commit 119b8ab2c2eac237ec4e9c4d0ed53df22b5c6978.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49072
The default delays RXD 3. RDV 3, TXD 0, TXE 0 doesn't seem to work for some
boards. These boards depend on the preset values of u-boot which may
differ.
This reverts commit f2d4bb96b62512caa161dcc2867c91692fb16a38.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49071
The MR1750 must unset some bits in ETH_CFG which were set by u-boot to work
correctly under OpenWrt. But the global function
ath79_setup_qca955x_eth_cfg will not unset all of them to increase the
backward compatiblity with older mach-* files. A private (simplified)
version for MR1750 can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49070
The MR900 must unset some bits in ETH_CFG which were set by u-boot to work
correctly under OpenWrt. But the global function
ath79_setup_qca955x_eth_cfg will not unset all of them to increase the
backward compatiblity with older mach-* files. A private (simplified)
version for MR900 can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49069
Work-around obsolete mkfs/ubifs code.
Unlike squashfs, ubifs images should be generated per-device so
minimum I/O unit size, logical erase block size, maximum logical erase
block count can be defined for the specific flash-chips parameters.
Also, generating ubinized images is unrelated to rootfs being ubifs or
squashfs, but rather depends on the device supporting UBI or not.
In the meantime and in order to fix an error which currently causes the
image generation on buildbot to fail, work-around by defining
UBIFS_OPTS for the Default profile.
See also
http://buildbot.openwrt.org:8010/builders/oxnas/builds/246/steps/compile_8/logs/stdio
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 49068
According to the calling convention of the o32 ABI the
caller function must reserve stack space for $a0-$a3
registers in case the callee needs to save its arguments.
The assembly startup code does not reserve stack space
for these registers thus when the main C function needs
to save its arguments, that will cause a stack overflow.
Fix the assembly code to reserve stack space for the
registers to avoid that.
Untested. It seems that the lzma-loader is not used at all?
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49062
According to the calling convention of the o32 ABI the
caller function must reserve stack space for $a0-$a3
registers in case the callee needs to save its arguments.
The assembly startup code does not reserve stack space
for these registers thus when the main C function needs
to save its arguments, that will cause a stack overflow.
Fix the assembly code to reserve stack space for the
registers to avoid that.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49061
The current code only partially invalidates both caches
because the cache size and cache-line size values are
incorrectly passed to the C code.
Fix the assembly code to pass the arguments in the correct
order.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49060
The current code only partially invalidates both caches
because the cache size and cache-line size values are
incorrectly passed to the C code.
Fix the assembly code to pass the arguments in the correct
order.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49058
The current code only partially invalidates both caches
because the cache size and cache-line size values are
incorrectly passed to the C code.
Fix the assembly code to pass the arguments in the correct
order.
Tested on RB532.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49056
Fix for invalid/random WLAN MAC address in WNR1000v2. Permanent platform
MAC is calculated and assigned during system startup. WLAN MAC follows
wired Ethernet interface addresses. This is the same fix as for WNR2000v3
and WNR612v2.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 49051
Instead of using our patch-dtb program just place the device tree
behind the kernel binary and then let the in kernel mechanism fetch it.
This also adds support for having the device tree file in the boot
loader.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 49050
1) Use leds to indicate:
Red - Power
Amber - Radio On
Blue - Wifi associated
2) Add profile to default build group for MT7628 subtarget
Signed-off-by: Noble Pepper <openwrtmail@noblepepper.com>
SVN-Revision: 49045
Make mach-oxnas/hotplug.c look more similar to mach-realview/hotplug.c,
just cosmetics and maintainability concerns, no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 49044
Clear both, SYS_CTRL_*_SEL and SEC_CTRL_*_SEL on boot instead of
writing to SYS_CTRL_*_SEL twice which looks like a copy-paste error.
Thanks to anonymous to bring this up in #21892!
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 49042
The delays of PHY/MAC on the MR1750 are done by u-boot and OpenWrt in
different ways. u-boot only modifies the ETH_CFG of the QCA955x based on
the link speed. But OpenWrt can only modify the PHY delays based on the
link speed.
This can lead to communication problems when u-boot initializes the ETH_CFG
for a specific link speed (e.g. 10BASE-T) but then OpenWrt the sets the PHY
delays to an incompatible value.
Instead reset the ETH_CFG delay bits of the QCA955x to a specific value and
only rely on the AT803x PHY settings.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49031
The delays of PHY/MAC on the MR900 are done by u-boot and OpenWrt in
different ways. u-boot only modifies the ETH_CFG of the QCA955x based on
the link speed. But OpenWrt can only modify the PHY delays based on the
link speed.
This can lead to communication problems when u-boot initializes the ETH_CFG
for a specific link speed (e.g. 10BASE-T) but then OpenWrt the sets the PHY
delays to an incompatible value.
Instead reset the ETH_CFG delay bits of the QCA955x to a specific value and
only rely on the AT803x PHY settings.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49030
Some u-boot versions for QCA955x change the delays based on the link speed
during boot. This usually breaks the support of other linkspeeds when
OpenWrt is booted. It also conflicts with the
at803x_platform_data::fixup_rgmii_tx_delay. OpenWrt has to set its own
values in QCA955X_GMAC_REG_ETH_CFG.
The default RGMII values from the Atheros u-boot are currently used to
preset the existing mach files. These may have to be adjusted for boards
using different values but which are not currently set them explicitely in
OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Cc: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Cc: Christian Beier <cb@shoutrlabs.com>
Cc: Chris R Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Cc: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary.jackiewicz@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Cc: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
Cc: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka@openwrt.org>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49029
Some u-boot versions for QCA955x set currently not cleared bits depending
on the used link speed. This breaks the rx/tx under OpenWrt. The mach-*.c
file is responsible to select the correct configuration bits and thus the
ath79_setup_qca955x_eth_cfg has to clear the unset.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
SVN-Revision: 49028
Xiaomi MiWiFi Nano is based on Mediatek MT7628 with 64MB ram 16MB flash
Signed-off-by: Noble Pepper <openwrtmail@noblepepper.com>
v3 includes changes suggested by L. D. Pinney & Karl Palsson-
Eliminate en25q64 (4MB) flash chip
Alphabetization
Remove hyphen in model
Rename profile from miwifinano.mk to xiaomi.mk
Add gpios that are attached to leds
SVN-Revision: 49024
Dropped patches because they applied upstream:
- 120-iomega_ix2_200.patch
- 150-pogoplug_e02.patch
Tested on dockstar and goflexnet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Luka Perkov <luka@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 49019
Previous the uboot was overwriting the device-tree's mtd layout to use
the last 3 mb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
SVN-Revision: 49015
The kernel will automatic attach mtd partitions named 'ubi' to ubi0.
Renaming the "root" partition into "ubi" will safe arguments
from the kernel cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
SVN-Revision: 49014
the kernel tries to use "ubi" or "data" labeled partition to find it's root filesystem.
dockstar don't need anymore mtdparts= nor root= bootarguments
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
SVN-Revision: 49011
The new image requires `bootz` because of devicetree appending.
To flash a new image boot initramfs:
tftpboot 0x800000 openwrt-kirkwood-dockstar-initramfs-kernel.bin
bootz 0x800000
# detach if already attached
ubidetach -p /dev/$(grep ubi /proc/mtd|awk -F: '{print $1}')
# scp openwrt-kirkwood-dockstar-squashfs-factory.bin /tmp
ubiformat -f /tmp/openwrt-kirkwood-dockstar-squashfs-factory.bin
# attach is important to resize rootfs_data otherwise it wont boot
ubiattach -p /dev/$(grep ubi /proc/mtd|awk -F: '{print $1}')
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
SVN-Revision: 49010
Apart from using our new building system there are 2 more changes:
1) Limit amount of images
So far we were generating all standard images (optimized one and two
with no loader) for every SUBTARGET. This is not needed, as e.g. the
only device requiring gzipped kernel is legacy Huawei E970.
2) Change output names
The new image building system requires specifying device name. This
forced picking some and resulted in:
openwrt-brcm47xx-$(SUBTARGET)-squashfs.trx
openwrt-brcm47xx-$(SUBTARGET)-squashfs-gz.trx
openwrt-brcm47xx-$(SUBTARGET)-squashfs-noloader-nodictionary.trx
becoming:
openwrt-brcm47xx-$(SUBTARGET)-standard-squashfs.trx
openwrt-brcm47xx-$(SUBTARGET)-standard-noloader-gz-squashfs.trx
openwrt-brcm47xx-$(SUBTARGET)-standard-noloader-nodictionarylzma-squashfs.trx
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49006
This patch adds support for GL-MT750.
GL-MT750 is powered by MT7620A and MT7610e, dual band 802.11ac, 2.4G 300Mbps and 5G 450Mbps.
It has 5 LANs, MMC interface, USB, a lot of IOs and PoE support.
SVN-Revision: 48994
This patch adds support for GL-MT300N.
GL-MT300N is powered by MT7620N with 16MB flash, 64MB RAM,
2 LANs, USB, UART, GPIO and PoE support.
SVN-Revision: 48993
This patches adds support for GL-MT300A.
GL-MT300A is powered by MT7620A. It has 16MB flash, 128MB RAM,
Two LANs, USB, UART and MMC daughter board.
SVN-Revision: 48992
A re-write of the driver based on xway_nand.c and constants as
well as the cmd_ctrl() function from the original oxnas_nand.c
resulted in a extremely similar looking file (see diffsize),
and fixes the issue of NAND not being detected on newer kernels.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 48986
As usual these patches were extracted from the raspberry repo:
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/commits/rpi-4.4.y
- Disable unused MFD RPISENSE driver.
- Disable ethernet HW checksums in order to avoid kernel exceptions.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48985
Looks like the addresses for BCM3368 were wrongly defined when DT
support was introduced.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48980
According to the calling convention of the o32 ABI the caller
function must reserve stack space for $a0-$a3 registers in case
the callee needs to save its arguments.
The assembly code of the loader does not reserve stack space for
these registers thus when the 'loader_main' function needs to save
its arguments, those will be stored in the 'workspace' area instead
of the stack.
Because the workspace area is also used by other part of the code, the
saved register values gets overwritten and this often leads to failed
kernel boots.
Fix the code to reserve stack space for the registers to avoid this
error.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
[noltari: apply the fix for brcm63xx too]
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48979
This only drops WGR614 V9 which has 2 MiB flash and it's unlikely to get
any interest.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48975
add support for Planex MZK-WDPR.
MZK-WDPR(MZK-WDPR-R01) is internet radio tuner.
This patch is "network board" in MZK-WDPR.
LCD board is non OpenWrt Platform.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48968
Complete internal switch initialization for QCA956X.
Set default mdio device if the interface mode of GE0 is not SGMII (fix ticket #21520).
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48937
The function memblock_insert_region() is in the section
__init_memblock, also put crashlog_init_memblock there.
This fixes this section mismatch warning:
The function memblock_insert_region.isra.1() references
the function __meminit crashlog_init_memblock().
This is often because memblock_insert_region.isra.1 lacks a __meminit
annotation or the annotation of crashlog_init_memblock is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 48931
The buildbots complained about these config options being missing for arm64:
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE_COLUMNS=80
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE_ROWS=25
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 48929
This patch provides full GPIO support for WNR612v2 (LEDs and buttons).
It exposes all LEDs to operating system, including Ethernet ones.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48924
This patch add speed_mask parameter to Ethernet port LED initialization
during system startup. LEDs are configured to show amber light for 10 Mbps
link and green for 100 Mbps as described on device label.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48923
This patch provides full GPIO support for WNR2000v3 (LEDs and buttons).
It exposes all LEDs to operating system, including Ethernet ones.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48922
Combine all bus operations for one MMD access in one function.
Protecting all these bus operations with one lock also helps
to avoid potential issues due to bus operations intercepting
the register and data write.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48914
The default TTL for address resolution table entries is 5 minutes
for all members of the AR8216 family. This can cause issues if
e.g. Wifi clients roam to another AP and their MAC appears on
another switch port suddenly. Then the client may not be reachable
until the old ARL entry expires.
I would have expected the switch to invalidate old entries if it
detects the same MAC on another port. But that's not the case.
Therefore make the TTL for ARL entries configurable.
The effective TTL will always be a multiple of 7 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48913
The line before includes the port number anyway so there's no need
to duplicate the port number in the MIB info header.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48912
The decimal values especially for TxByte and RxGoodByte are hard to read
once bigger amounts of data have been transferred.
Therefore complement the decimal values with info in GiB / MiB / KiB.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48911
For unused switch ports all MIB values are zero. Displaying ~40 empty
MIB counters is just confusing and makes it hard to read the output of
swconfig dev <dev> show.
Therefore, if all MIB counters for a port are zero, just display
an info that the MIB counters are empty.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48910
This patch adds profiles and support for building factory and
sysupgrade images for JHR-N805R, JHR-N825R and JHR-N926R.
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Max <reinhard@m4x.de>
Reviewed-by: Torsten Duwe <duwe@lst.de>
SVN-Revision: 48906
This patch adds support for JHR-N805R, JHR-N825R and JHR-N926R to
various scripts in the base-files directory.
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Max <reinhard@m4x.de>
Reviewed-by: Torsten Duwe <duwe@lst.de>
SVN-Revision: 48905
Add a device tree for JCG JHR-N825R
This router is based on a RT3052 and has 4MB of CFI flash and 32MB of
SDRAM. As a special feature, it comes with a two digit seven segment
display that is connected to a pair of daisy-chained 74164 shift
registers that can be controlled via GPIOs.
For details, see https://wikidevi.com/wiki/JCG_JHR-N825R .
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Max <reinhard@m4x.de>
Reviewed-by: Torsten Duwe <duwe@lst.de>
SVN-Revision: 48904
Add a device tree for JCG JHR-N825R
This router is based on a RT3052 and has 4MB of CFI flash and 32MB of
SDRAM. For details, see https://wikidevi.com/wiki/JCG_JHR-N825R .
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Max <reinhard@m4x.de>
Reviewed-by: Torsten Duwe <duwe@lst.de>
SVN-Revision: 48903
Add a device tree for JCG JHR-N805R
This router is based on a RT3050 and has 4MB of SPI flash and 16MB of
SDRAM. For details, see https://wikidevi.com/wiki/JCG_JHR-N805R .
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Max <reinhard@m4x.de>
Reviewed-by: Torsten Duwe <duwe@lst.de>
SVN-Revision: 48902
Commit d0f5ab6d95a1 ("ramips: Added support for ZBT-826 / ZBT-1026")
incorrectly changed the mode of the ramips shell scripts from 755 to 644.
I.e., they are not excutable any more and for example devices will be left
with broken configs.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48893
Enable platform-supplied WLAN LED name for ath9k device.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
Acked-by: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
SVN-Revision: 48879
This patch moves the OOLITE profile code into the overarching Gainstrong
profile and deletes the old single profile file.
Signed-off by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
SVN-Revision: 48866
The ubdev01 profile defines its own MTDPARTS with smaller firmware
partition, so give it its own UBNT_BOARD in mkfwimage.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 48828
This is the first patch of a series of three to tidy up the profiles for
Gainstrong devices. Right now there are two Gainstrong profiles, each
for a single device built by this manufacturer. This patch renames the
MiniBox profile to Gainstrong and updates the copyright notice.
The series applies cleanly to current trunk. Resent with the architecture in
the subject, forgot that the first time.
Signed-off by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
SVN-Revision: 48797
Hi,
the board in subject (RT5350F-OLinuXino-EVB) still ships from vendor
with a RC3 image built upon a .dts file which declares GPIO12 and GPIO14
as relay2 and relay1 respectively, as you can see from their rt5350f
branch on GitHub.
For some reason in the official stable build both the GPIOs are swapped
and the wrong names are declared in the gpio-export directive.
I'm submitting this patch which should roll back the wrong changes, so
that we get backward compatibility with any script developed on RC3
which controls the relays.
After patching correct operation is restored:
root@OpenWrt:/# cat /sys/kernel/debug/gpio
GPIOs 0-21, platform/10000600.gpio, 10000600.gpio:
gpio-0 (button ) in hi
gpio-12 (relay2 ) out lo
gpio-14 (relay1 ) out lo
Thank you,
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Cafaro <lorenzo@ibisco.net>
SVN-Revision: 48796
The vdso version of this function has some problems with the cache.
Very often it works on dated data which causes problem. We are
currently working on fixing this in upstream Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 48787
Fix for invalid/random WLAN MAC address in WNR612v2. Permanent platform
MAC is calculated and assigned during system startup. WLAN MAC follows
wired Ethernet interface addresses. This is the same fix as for WNR2000v3.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48779
Netgear WNR612v2 has no USB port yet default system image
includes USB kernel modules. This patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48778
Fix for invalid/random WLAN MAC address in WNR2000v3. Permanent platform
MAC is calculated and assigned during system startup. WLAN MAC follows
wired Ethernet interface addresses.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48777
This patch adds speed_mask special file to LEDs connected to switch ports
via 'switch' trigger. It allows to choose which speeds to signal when link
is up. If router has more than one LED per port, they may light up
differently depending on how fast connection is. Default setting is 'all
speeds' so backward compatibility with system scripts (for example uci) is
maintained.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48775
This patch changes swconfig_trig_port_mask_store() handler to utilize
kstrtoul() function instead of call to obsolete simple_strtoul(). Thanks
to this change, new handler takes less memory and makes port_mask special
file accept not only hexadecimal, but also decimal and octal numbers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48774
As indicated in the bug tracker[1], failsafe mode is broken on at least some
devices using the mt7620 switch (and possibly mt7621). The thread explicitly
mentions the Xiaomi MiWifi, and the Nexx WT3020, and an unspecified device
using the mt7621 switch; the issue also applies to the Netgear EX2700.
The problem is that failsafe mode uses eth0, but enable_vlan is always set to 1
by the switch driver. Connecting to and/or pinging the device fails. This patch
fixes the failsafe preinit config, by making sure that vlan support is disabled.
It currently only fixes the switch config on mt7620, but might apply to the
mt7621 as well, so the patch has been designed with this in mind.
A similar (line wrapped) patch was submitted in December by Simon Peter, but never
accepted and/or discussed.
This patch applies to both Chaos Calmer and trunk.
[1] https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/18768
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48772
This patch adds support for building factory and sysupgrade images
for the Netgear EX2700 that don't require modification of u-boot
environment variables.
The bootloader on this device expects the kernel partition to end
on a 64k block boundary. The last 64 byte of the kernel partition
must contain a valid uImage header - in the stock firmware, this is
the uImage header of the root filesystem. For this patch, we're using
the uImage header of a 0 byte partition (ex2700-fakeroot.uImage).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48771
- remove the suffix (N, ND) to indicate that the image is for all
WR841-models
- some of these models have a "N"-suffix, others have (ND)-suffix,
but the boards are the same - only difference is the detachable
antenna on "D"-models
- discussed this idea to remove the suffix in IRC with jow and Borromini
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
SVN-Revision: 48767
Seama format has 2 similar headers: container (seal) header and entity
header. The first one has size always set to 0 and doesn't contain MD5
digest.
When dealing with Seama on a flash we deal directly with an entity. You
can see mtdsplit_parse_seama reads from offset 0 and expects entity to
be there. Seama container is used by bootloader / interface only which
extract entity out of it and flash it.
That said we should fix our header struct. This is important as we
calculate possible rootfs offset assuming it may be placed right after
Seama entity. So far calculate offset was always 16B too low.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48754
- Fix typo in board_data partition start address
- Increase board_data partition size in order to exploit all flash size
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48751
This patch introduces support of new boards with ARC HS38 cores.
ARC HS38 is a new generation of ARC cores which utilize ARCv2 ISA.
As with ARC770 we're addind support for 2 boards for now:
[1] Synopsys SDP board (AXS103)
This is the same base-board as in AXS101 but with
FPGA-based CPU-tile where ARCHs38 core is implemented.
[2] nSIM
Again this is the same simulation engine but configured for
new instruction set and features of new CPU.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48740
This patch adds support for Phicomm PSG1208.This is a router with MT7620A SoC with 8M flash and 64M ram.
The WPS led is uesd as status_led because the power light can't be controlled with GPIO.
It seems that the 5g wifi led is connected to MT7612E and it can't be controlled with GPIO too.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48721
Netgear WNR2000v3 has no USB port yet default system image
includes USB kernel modules. This patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
SVN-Revision: 48701
Avoids inadvertent file creation when executing
`/etc/init.d/dsl_control status`.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan A. Kollasch <jakllsch@kollasch.net>
SVN-Revision: 48700
This patch adds support for the Netgear EX2700 and builds an approriate
sysupgrade image.
What's missing is the option to build a factory image flashable via the
router's stock web interface, but this approach is hindered by the fact
that u-boot operforms an additional integrity check, which expects a
uImage header in the last 64 bytes of the "kernel" partition, which
the bootloader expects to be 960k, a size exceeded by the standard
OpenWrt kernel.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48698
Add support for Xilinx ZC702 Dev board
Zynq target is using 4.4 kernel and mainline 2016.1 u-boot.
Patch is tested with Xilinx ZC702 Dev board with SD boot mode.
known issues:
- no QSPI driver in 4.4 kernel: no QSPI flash support
- USB is not working in 4.4 kernel
Signed-off-by: Jason Wu <jason.wu.misc@gmail.com>
create mode 100644 package/boot/uboot-zynq/Makefile
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/Makefile
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/base-files.mk
create mode 100755 target/linux/zynq/base-files/etc/board.d/02_network
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/base-files/etc/config/network
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/base-files/etc/inittab
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/config-4.4
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/image/Makefile
create mode 100755 target/linux/zynq/image/mkits.sh
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/patches-4.4/0001-arm-dts-zynq-zc702.dts-Set-default-rdinit-to-sbin-in.patch
create mode 100644 target/linux/zynq/profiles/zc702.mk
SVN-Revision: 48697
Update OpenWRT build tree to reflect changes in TLC-591xx LED family driver.
In kernels < 4.0 the driver was present in form of a patch for the TLC-59116 chip,
and was upstreamed later in kernels > 4.0 to support the entire chip family.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
[jow: fix Kconfig symbol name]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48684
With this patch sysupgrade will write directly to the partitions
instead of to the main disk. The UUID is copied from the image
to the MBR as well. This prevents the mbr from being completely
overwritten and losing the partition table. The -p option has
been added to maintain the original behavior and overwite the
entire disk with the new image. Tests have been added to ensure
that the image partitions match up with the active partitions.
Signed-off-by: Rob Mosher <nyt-openwrt@countercultured.net>
SVN-Revision: 48682
The top half of UARTF on the HLK-RM04 is used for GPIO.
mode 1 mode 2
RIN GPIO14
DSR_N GPIO13
DCD_N GPIO12
DTR_N GPIO11
RXD GPIO10
CTS_N GPIO09
TXD GPIO08
RTS_N GPIO07
This patch applies 3'b101 mode to UARTF:
GPIO14
GPIO13
GPIO12
GPIO11
RXD
CTS_N
TXD
RTS_N
Because the base rt5350.dtsi file forces 3'b000 mode, remove the pin setting from this file and apply it directly to the files that inherit from it (WIZFI630A.dts and WT1520.dtsi). This change makes the rt5350.dtsi file consistent with the mt7620a.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: John Clark <inindev@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48665
The I2C function of the RT5350 SoC on the HLK-RM04 is used for GPIO1 and GPIO2.
Take note that the I2C_SD pin is GPIO1 on the RT5350 and is exposed on the HLK-RM04 as GPIO0
Likewise the I2C_SCLK pin is GPIO2 on the RT5350 and is exposed on the HLK-RM04 as GPIO1
group mode 1 mode 2 hlk-rm04 pin & export
i2c i2c_sd gpio1 (pin 8, hlk-rm04:gpio0)
i2c i2c_sclk gpio2 (pin 9, hlk-rm04:gpio1)
reference:
http://www.hlktech.net/product_detail.php?ProId=39http://cdn.sparkfun.com/datasheets/Wireless/WiFi/RT5350.pdf
Signed-off-by: John Clark <inindev@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48664
The RESET button of the HLK-RM04 is connected to GPIO0, linux function 0x198
The WPS button of the HLK-RM04 is connected to GPIO14, linux function 0x211
Signed-off-by: John Clark <inindev@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48663
The power LED on the HLK-RM04 is hard wired to the power bus and is not under GPIO control, remove the bogus config for it.
(Note that GPIO0 is actually connected to the RESET button.)
Signed-off-by: John Clark <inindev@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48662
With the backport of the kernel 4.5 pinctrl-xway patches (3551609d &
826bca29) the pinmux group "spi" was splitted into "spi_di", "spi_do" &
"spi_clk". But the no longer existing group "spi" is still used by some
device tree source files.
This fixes the detection of the wireless chipset of the VGV7510KW22.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48658
The stock u-boot doesn't disable unused flash banks. Therefore, the nand
driver tries to initialize a not connected NOR flash and the device
hangs on boot.
Workaround the issue by selecting the second flash bank (NAND).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48657
When dealing with Broadcom hardware we can simply use swconfig's generic
helper, we just need to do some validation of requested state.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48623
Thanks to this change swconfig can access port PHYs e.g. when setting
port link state with a generic helper.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48622
It's quite common for switches to have PHY per port so adding a generic
helper setting link state will help many drivers. It just needs an API
to access PHYs which this patch also adds.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48621
Some D-Link routers (e.g. DIR-885L) have NAND and use Seama format. It
means OpenWrt will want to have UBI in Sseama entity and should be able
to detect it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48600
Our mtdsplit parsers may want to create partition with name choice based
on partition file system (e.g. SquashFS vs. JFFS2). This patch allows
passing extra argument pointing to variable that will be set properly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48598
All other SoC types are using "lantiq,sram" and "simple-bus" to ensure
that all child nodes are set up correctly during linux kernel
initialization (plat_of_setup(void) in arch/mips/lantiq/prom.c). Without
this some of sram child nodes might not be parsed.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48548
This removes a lot of duplicate register and interrupt definitions by
moving the xrx200-net definition to vr9.dtsi and making all devices re-
use it.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48547
Linux now has device tree support for malta. The patch for correcting
/proc/iomem content is not needed now. Previously it was
root@(none):/# cat /proc/iomem
00000000-00000fff : reserved
00001000-000effff : System RAM
000f0000-000fffff : reserved
00100000-0fffefff : System RAM
00100000-003f2b6b : Kernel code
003f2b6c-00485937 : Kernel data
...
Now it's
root@OpenWrt:/# cat /proc/iomem
00000000-0fffefff : System RAM
00100000-004a3297 : Kernel code
004a3298-0057cfff : Kernel data
...
The kernel config was prepared as follows
1. cp target/linux/malta/config-{3.18,4.4}
2. make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget_platform
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48543
Initially 4.4 didn't work on bcm53xx because network was breaking few
seconds after setting interfaces. It's fixed since r48059 (switching
from 4.4-rc5 to 4.4-rc7).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48510
Rename kernel_size variable as it includes whole entity size, not just a
kernel size. Also update comments to match it and describe better what
are we checking/looking for.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48480
The new .abiflags section was kept, pushing the appended arguments to
the wrong offset and causing it to read the section instead, making
it fail on boot.
Fix this by dropping this section as well as the other sections.
Closes#21679.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48474
Directly return the return value of genl_register_family_with_ops()
instead of storing it in a temporary variable, then returning it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48472
This reverts commit r48335
The workaround is incomplete and cannot cover all possible cases. The
only real solution to this problem is to disable this feature on
ARM11MPcore entirely.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48460
This reverts commit r48276.
This can overwrite the caldata_backup partition, so the layout needs to
be changed in a different way.
Thanks to Arjen de Korte for spotting the issue.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48456
r48337 unfortunately incorrectly changed the boardname of the stg212
into stg-212 which is not the name of the image of DTS file or
boardname using sysupgrade, which is 'stg212' and imho should stay
that way.
The changes r48337 made for pogoplug-pro and pogoplug-v3 were correct,
thus this commit only partially reverts r48337.
Also properly set default for USB LED while already at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 48398
r48381 added CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_UIMAGE_FW=Y to the lantiq kernel
configuration. That unfortunately contains a typo since the "y" has to
be lower-case. This leads to the kernel asking whether the config
symbol should be enabled and thus breaking the build.
FIXES: r48381/feab990887b4: lantiq: Enable the uImage mtd splitter
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48389
Until linux 4.1 the lantiq target used CONFIG_MTD_UIMAGE_SPLIT=y. That
option however is only available until linux 4.3 - thus it was not added
to lantiq's 4.4 kernel config (in r48307). This results in broken images
for devices which are using uImages. This fixes#21652
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48381
The bootloader was updated and now uses 115200 instead of 57600 baud
for the serial console. Change this also in OpenWrt's DTS, so the rate
is consistent for bootloader and linux kernel output.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 48359
The image name for the HiLink HLK-RM04 module has a typo and should read "RM04" rather than "RM02"
Signed-off-by: John Clark <inindev@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48355
As the Default profile option is a legacy subtarget, the dtb for the
sama5d3_xplained board DTS is not built and image generation fails.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48351
Add a package for a missing module for the at91 high speed device.
Without this the build process pauses asking to build as module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48350
This puts the existing patches and config in a 3.18 folder and introduces
a 4.4 config and patches.
The USB clock fix patch is no longer necessary, and the patches applying
to non DT boards has been dropped as the platform has been converted.
4.4 config was generated by copying 3.18 and running make kernel_menuconfig,
scripts/kconfig.pl filled in the gaps.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48349
This adds basic support for TP-Link VR200v.
Currently the following parts are not working: FXO, Voice, DECT, WIFI (both)
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 48328
Most of currently mentioned CFLAGS in arc770/Makefile
are not really required because:
[1] "-Os -pipe" are set by default in include/target.mk
[2] "-fno-caller-saves" gets enabled via menuconfig
as an extra compiler flag for developers
So the only one that makes sense is "-matomic" and
that one is really essential. Without it many software
packges won't build complainin on unresolved atomic ops.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48326
While bumping kernel version kernel command line was
unintentionally modified in attempt to make it closer
to upstream version.
In case of AXS that has not only serial port but HDMI/USB
both capable of being debug console we have 2 entries in
kernel's command line:
------------------->8-----------------
console=tty0 console=ttyS3,115200n8
------------------->8-----------------
But as it turned out OpenWRT uses procd as init instead of
Busybox. And in its turn procd gets the first "console"
entry from kernel command line (/proc/cmdline) and uses it
if default inittab is used:
------------------->8-----------------
...
::askconsole:/bin/ash --login
------------------->8-----------------
So what we got is non-functional serial console.
That change removes "console=tty0" which brings serial
console back to life.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48325
The following patches were dropped because they are already applied
upstream:
- 0038-MIPS-lantiq-fpi-on-ar9.patch
- 0039-MIPS-lantiq-initialize-usb-on-boot.patch
- 0042-USB-DWC2-big-endian-support.patch
- 0043-gpio-stp-xway-fix-phy-mask.patch
All other patches were simply refreshed, except the following:
- 0001-MIPS-lantiq-add-pcie-driver.patch
Changes to arch/mips/lantiq/xway/sysctrl.c (these changes disabled
some PMU gates for the vrx200 / VR9 SoCs) were removed since the
upstream kernel disables unused PMU gates automatically (since
95135bfa7ead1becc2879230f72583dde2b71a0c
"MIPS: Lantiq: Deactivate most of the devices by default").
- 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch
Since OpenWrt commit 55ba20afcc2fe785146316e5be2c2473cb329885 drivers
should use of_get_mac_address(). of_get_mac_address_mtd is not
available for drivers anymore since it's called automatically within
of_get_mac_address().
- 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch
Same changes as in 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch
While refreshing the kernel configuration SPI support had to be moved to
config-4.4 because otherwise M25P80 was disabled.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48307
AP148 uses lowercase name as boardname, so we need to use this in
platform.sh as well.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48304
Overwriting static strings is never a good idea, especially expecting
identical strings to be stored in different memory locations.
This caused the lookups to always return the second chip's name. Fix
this by just initializing the lookup with the right values, so we
don't need to modify the strings at all.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48303
BCM531x5 has two pontential cpu ports, and header mode can be enabled
independently on both.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48302
Re-defining the compatible property is not required since the correct
value is inherited from vr9.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48295
Compared to the "old" driver:
- Each device must assign a pinctrl setting to the SPI node to allow the
new SPI driver to configure the SPI pins.
While here we are also using separate input and output settings so we
are independent of whether the bootloader configures the pins correctly.
- We use the new "compatible" strings to make the driver choose the
correct number of chip-selects for each SoC.
- The new driver starts counting the chip-selects at 1 (instead of 0, like
the old one did). Thus we have to adjust the devices accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48293
The new driver provides a few improvements over the old one:
- Separate compatible strings per SoC type (this allows removing some
hardcoded of_device_is_compatible() checks)
- It does not rely upon spi-bitbang anymore
- chip-selects are numbered as in the datasheet (= starting at 1 instead
of 0)
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48292
All devices are now using the HW SPI driver, so this is not necessary
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48291
This allows devices to use SPI without having to re-define (and thus
duplicating) the whole SPI node.
By default SPI is disabled (as before) because only few devices need it.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48286
After the latest pinctrl backports there are only 50 (instead of 56 as
before) GPIOs/pins exported (thus the first GPIO on VRX200 SoCs is now
462, before it was 456). This means that any hardcoded GPIOs have to be
adjusted.
This broke the PCIe driver (which seems to be the only driver which uses
hardcoded GPIO numbers), it only reports:
ifx_pcie_wait_phy_link_up timeout
ifx_pcie_wait_phy_link_up timeout
ifx_pcie_wait_phy_link_up timeout
ifx_pcie_wait_phy_link_up timeout
ifx_pcie_wait_phy_link_up timeout
pcie_rc_initialize link up failed!!!!!
To prevent more of these issues in the future we remove the hardcoded
PCIe reset GPIO definition and simply pass it via device-tree (like the
PCI driver does).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48285
These were introduced in upstream commit
be14811c03cf "pinctrl/lantiq: introduce new dedicated devicetree
bindings" and finally allow us to use the individual pins within our dts
(for example spi_clk, etc.).
Please note that this changes the number of GPIOs which are available for
some SoCs. VRX200 SoCs for example only have 50 pins, but previously 56
pins were exposed. This means that all places which are using hardcoded
GPIO numbers (which are not passed via device-tree) need to be adjusted
(because the first GPIO number is now 462, instead of 456).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48284
Upstream commit be14811c03cf2 "pinctrl/lantiq: introduce new dedicated
devicetree bindings" allows us to use each pin in the pinmux. This is
useful for example in the "spi" group which contains some pins which
are inputs, and some which are outputs.
These can only be used once the new compatible strings for the pinctrl
node are used.
Additionally 0150-lantiq-pinctrl-xway.patch and the "GPIO PORT3 fix"
(which was part of 0012-pinctrl-lantiq-fix-up-pinmux.patch) were
replaced with their upstream variants which are also in 4.5.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48283
According to the calling convention of the o32 ABI the caller
function must reserve stack space for $a0-$a3 registers in case
the callee needs to save its arguments.
The assembly code of the loader does not reserve stack space for
these registers thus when the 'loader_main' function needs to save
its arguments, those will be stored in the 'workspace' area instead
of the stack.
Because the workspace area is also used by other part of the code, the
saved register values gets overwritten and this often leads to failed
kernel boots.
Fix the code to reserve stack space for the registers to avoid this
error.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48279
Change MTD on WNDR4300 and WNDR3700v4 to fully utilize the 128MB flash.
Credit to @Tuochenlyu on GitHub.
Signed-off-by: Chris Marchesi <chrism@vancluevertech.com>
SVN-Revision: 48276
PTP requires at least one timer to be 1PPS so describe it.
For testing, load kernel module gianfar_ptp and use ptp4l
from linuxptp.
Copied from FSL P1010RDB reference design.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
SVN-Revision: 48275
The old signature only worked because brnboot ignores the leading "5" in
the signature. We can see the correct signature when flashing a brnImage
via recovery web-interface, in this case brnboot reports:
[CGI-Signature Check] buf:[BRNDA6431], sigInFlash:[BRNDA6431]
Thanks to Mathias Kresin for reporting this.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48269
This add support for IGMP Snooping on atheros switches (disabled by default),
which avoids flooding the network with multicast data.
Tested on TL-WDR4300: disabling IGMP Snooping results in multicast flooding
on each specific port, enabling it back again prevents each port from
receiving all multicast packets.
Partially based on: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/418122/
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48268
- random-bcm2708 and spi-bcm2708 have been removed.
- sound-soc-bcm2708-i2s has been upstreamed as sound-soc-bcm2835-i2s.
Let's keep linux 4.1 for a while, since linux 4.4 appears to have some issues
with multicast traffic on RPi ethernet:
https://gist.github.com/Noltari/5b1cfdecce5ed4bc08fd
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48266
This removes the arch-specific mtdsplit parsers and enables the generic
implementations for brnImage, EVA and TP-Link instead.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48264
On most image types the rootfs ends at an erase-block. However, at least
with brnImages this is not the case: while the partitions are aligned
with the erase-block size there is a 12 byte footer at the end of the
partition which must not be touched by any filesystem. This lead to a
rootfs_data partition which was not aligned properly (and thus ended up
being readonly):
0x000000480000-0x00000085a800 : "rootfs_data" (128 KiB EB)
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48263
This allows splitting EVA images (usually found in fritz devices). The
firmware will be split into a kernel and a separate rootfs partition.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48262
This adds brnImage (used with the brnboot bootloader) firmware parsing
support. brnboot verifies the integrity of the firmware stored on the
"Code Image" partitions by looking at the 12 byte footer at the very end
of the partition. This footer contains the checksum of the original
brnImage (kernel + rootfs/squashfs) and must not be touched (by our JFFS2
rootfs_data - otherwise the image will not be bootable anymore).
Big thanks to Mathias Kresin for analyzing the brnImage structure and
finding out the information how to keep images valid even when adding a
nested rootfs_data partition.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48261
Given those patches are relevant to any ARC platform and even
ISA version it makes perfect sense for patches to exist
in one place instead of being duplicated for each new ARC-based ASIC.
Note this is a prerequisite for upstreaming of ARC HS38 support in
OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48241
This switch involved:
[1] Regeneration of config (few options went away)
[2] Regeneration of patches so they apply cleanly (different offsets)
[3] Update of .dts files because we now explicitly specify
memory regions in use as opposed to previously used offset
from 0x8000_0000
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48240
This patch was merged into upstream Linux 4.1.
This fixes#21587 and was introduced in r48223.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 48229
Fully reset the chip like on a full up/down, but without the PHY
statemachine restart.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 48228
This removes one patch which was applied upstream with commit
67b9bcd36906e12a15ffec19463afbbd6a41660e. All other patches were
refreshed.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48203
Some switches can force link speed for a port. Let's add API that will
allow drivers to export this feature.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48142
With the default network config provided by package base-files present,
board_detect won't create a new config from board.json.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48076
My last bugfix (r47538) introduced a new bug in wndr3700_board_detect
(again...).
Assigning the result of ar71xx_get_mtd_offset_size_format to the model
variable before stripping of garbage using awk will cause all NUL bytes to
be removed before awk is applied, leading to model strings like
"NETGEAR WNDRMACv2NETGEAR", where a NUL byte after the v2 is supposed to
terminate the string.
Fix by calling ar71xx_get_mtd_offset_size_format twice, once piping to awk
directly.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 48075
This fixes regression introduced in my recent ledtrig-netdev commit.
Events triggered by different interfaces were stopping timer so it
wasn't working for tx/rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48072
It was never tested, most likely not working (because of le32_to_cpu)
and not upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48060
This patch adds support for the Bitmain Antrouter R1
http://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/bitmain/r1
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 48058
linux 4.4 (since commit 08b3c894e56580b8ed3e601212a25bda974c3cc2
"MIPS: lantiq: Disable xbar fpi burst mode") requires that the xbar is
defined in the .dts of vrx200 (VR9) SoCs.
SVN-Revision: 48056
LED's were defined wrong in the device tree file, they are hardware driven because they are connected directly to the switch chip and wireless chips respectively, thus no GPIO addresses are assigned to them. It is safe to remove them from the device tree file to stop confusion.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
SVN-Revision: 48055
The ppp0 interface is renamed after the connection is established. Due
to a missing NETDEV_REGISTER event, the ledtrig-netdev isn't aware of
the renamed interface and literally ignores the device
(no tx/rx indication, led isn't switched off with 'ifdown wan').
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48048
The P2812HNU-F3 doesn't have usb leds. Only the P2812HNU-F1 has those
leds.
Reported-by: Sylwester Petela <sscapi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48043
The leds of the following boards are not renamed due to lack of
manuals/informations:
- ARV7519PW
- ARV7510PW22
- ARV4510PW
The leds of the ARV4518PWR01* boards are unchanged, since the leds doesn't
match the leds from the manual or pictures (e.g. there shouldn't be a wps led).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48042
The BTHOMEHUBV5A has a RGB power led, where every colour is perfect to
indicate the current boot state. This patch adds support for such cases.
The existing led sequences should be the same as before.
Boards which are using a led different from power (like TDW89x0) are
changed to switch of the led after boot
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48041
dsl_control (dsl_notify.sh) is the only process which is aware of the
state of the atm/ptm interface. Use the dsl led exclusive for the dsl
line state.
On boards which don't have a distinct internet and a dsl led, let the
netdev status of the atm interface trigger the shared led.
Triggering the shared led according to the status of the ppp interface
isn't suitable, since the led would be switched of if the ppp
connection goes down, but the line is still in sync.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48040
Remove all now double defined leds from the led board file. Use pppoe
as default for all broadband connections, since it's the default in
OpenWrt now.
Rename the the wifi leds to make sure, the not applicable default
values get overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48038
- ARV7525PW: use the power led as dsl led as done by the stock firmware
- FRITZ3370: use the info led as internet led
- FRITZ7320: use the power led as dsl led as done by the stock firmware
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48037
Use the same led logic and labels as the OEM firmware (red = okay,
blue = failure).
Add the red internet led.
Remove missing usb led workaround. The workaround shouldn't be in the
default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48036
No need to switch (and keep) on all leds at boot. Use the same led
logic and labels as the OEM firmware (red = okay, blue = failure).
Add the red internet led.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 48035
Change the name of the .ubi produced to strip out the word 'factory'. This is
mainly due to the fact that there is no difference between the Ventana 'factory'
image vs the standard image.
Name changes from:
openwrt-imx6-ventana-squashfs.nand-factory_<size>.ubi to
openwrt-imx6-ventana-squashfs-nand_<size>.ubi
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 48016
Some Ventana boards have a Marvell sky2 GigE controller as eth1 however
assigning the mac address through device-tree is difficult because the
PCI slot can move around depending on board configuration and slot population.
To work around this we add a patch to the sky2 driver to allow accessing its
mac address via a device-tree alias.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 48013
On Ventana boards the Gateworks System Controller is the only device on I2C1
(/dev/i2c-0) and it can NAK transfers if it is busy in an ADC loop. Because
this is a multi-function device with several slave addresses it is best to
add retries at the controller level instead of within each slave driver. This
adds a patch that adds 3 retries for i2c transactions only for Ventana boards
and only for I2C1
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 48012
This is a backport of a2291badc355d58ead5c19ae0609468947416040 from thermal-soc
accepted upstream.
The IMX6Q/IMX6DL SoC's have a 2-bit temperature grade stored in OTP. Instead
of assuming 85C for passive cooling threshold and 100C for critical base
these thresholds off the thermal gade max CPU temperature:
- passive threshold: max - 10C
- critical threshold: max - 5C
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 48011
Certain board revisions of the GW52xx support an SPI host controller with
a single chip-select going to an off board connector.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 48009
As explained earlier, using SWITCH_TYPE_LINK gives more flexibility,
it doesn't require e.g. string parsing to read some data.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47999
So far we were sending link data as a string. It got some drawbacks:
1) Didn't allow writing clean user space apps reading link state. It was
needed to do some screen scraping.
2) Forced whole PORT_LINK communication to be string based. Adding
support for *setting* port link required passing string and parting
it in the kernel space.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47997
It's not necessary to define PCI_* if pci_ids.h is included a few
lines above.
The change to pci_ids.h doesn't look intentional to me, especially
since the former value is added to the top of ifxmips_fixup_pcie.c.
Both changes were introduced with the kernel 4.1 support patches and
were not present in the 3.18 patches.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 47996
Use the same max spi frequency as set in u-boot.
According to the datasheets, the Q64-104HIP as well as the Winbond
25Q64FVSIG support spi frequencies up to 50 MHz. During my tests, the
Q64-104HIP couldn't be recognized/initialized if the frequency
was > 40MHz.
Both chips do support fast read as well.
While touching the dts file, I fixed the dtc compiler warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 47994
using the special tag in this way lead to port mirroring for certain types of traffic.
fallback to using th PMAC_EWAN register for the wan portmap.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <blogic@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47993
Previously switching to non-existing device (interface) could result in
leaving LED on.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47990
We may just delete timer on every trigger update and then start it again
if needed. This will let us avoid both: races and locking in frequently
called timer callback.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47987
Read/write lock was adding useless complexity, there wasn't any real
gain in case of this driver.
Also switch to _bh variants to avoid deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47986
4.1 got little bit larger than 4MB and I couldn't get lzma loader
working on this platform
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
SVN-Revision: 47970
This patch configures the correct ath9k WLAN LED polarity for the TDW8970,
and for the TDW8980 as well.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 47969
All supported kernels require patching ledtrig-netdev in the same way,
so it's safe to just move these changes to the base version of this
driver. We needed these patches for some old kernels 2.6.36 and 3.11.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47962
In r45970 the MAC swap handling was made opt-in, however some boards
have been forgotten during the conversion. Since the reference design
uses this MAC swapping, and pretty much all known boards using this chip
seem to do so too, enabling the swapping is a more reasonable default
than leaving it disabled.
Change the code to still allow boards to opt-out of this.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47956
The following patch is to add ath79_register_m25p80_large, which sets
is_flash to false to support bit banging. This is needed on some 32MB+
SPI chips, such as the S25FL256S1
Signed-off-by: Chris R Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47952
The MR18 stores the ath9k eeprom values on the NAND.
This patch makes it possible to retrieve the images
from there.
Signed-off-by: Chris R Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47948
move all library includes and 'firmware already exists'
check to the top of the script.
Signed-off-by: Chris R Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47947
OpenWrt configuration part of support for the PowerCloud Systems
CR5000. The CR5000 is a dual-band 802.11n wireless router with
8MB flash, 64MB RAM, (unused on stock firmware) USB 2.0 port and
five port gigabit ethernet switch. The CR5000 was sold as
hardware for the Skydog cloud-managed router service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47946
OpenWRt configuration part of support for the PowerCloud
Systems CR3000. The CR3000 is a 802.11n 2.4 GHz wireless router with
8MB flash, 64MB RAM, a four port gigabit ethernet switch, and a fast
ethernet wan port that was sold by PowerCloud Systems as
hardware for the Skydog cloud-managed router service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47945
Openwrt configuration part of support for PowerCloud CAP324
Cloud AP. The CAP324 Cloud AP is a device sold by PowerCloud Systems
who's stock firmware (CloudCommand) provides 'cloud' based managment
of large numbers access points.
The CAP324 is a dual-band 802.11n wireless access point with 16MB flash
and 128MB RAM and single gigabit ethernet port. It can be powered via PoE
or a wall wart.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47944
Kernel part of support for the PowerCloud Systems CR5000. The
CR5000 is a dual-band 802.11n wireless router with 8MB flash,
64 MB RAM, (unused in stock firmware) USB 2.0 port, and five
port gigabit ethernet switch. The CR5000 was sold as hardware for
the Skydog cloud-managed router service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47943
Image generation part of support for PowerCloud CR3000. The CR3000 is
a 802.11n 2.4 GHz wireless router with 8MB flash, 64MB RAM,
a four port fast ethernet switch, and a fast ethernet wan port which
was sold by PowerCloud Systems as hardware for the Skydog
cloud-managed router service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47942
Image generation (and mtd partition) part of support for
PowerCloud CAP324 Cloud AP. The CAP324 Cloud AP is a device sold by
PowerCloud Systems who's stock firmware (CloudCommand) provides
'cloud' based managment of large numbers of access points.
The CAP324 is a dual-band 802.11n wireless access point with 16MB flash
and 128MB RAM and single gigabit ethernet port. It can be powered via
PoE or a power adaptor.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47941
Kernel part of support for the PowerCloud Systems CR5000. The
CR5000 is a dual-band 802.11n wireless router with 8MB flash,
64 MB RAM, (unused in stock firmware) USB 2.0 port, and five
port gigabit ethernet switch. The CR5000 was sold as hardware for
the Skydog cloud-managed router service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47940
Kernel part of support for PowerCloud CR3000. The CR3000 is
a 802.11n 2.4 GHz wireless router with 8MB flash, 64MB RAM,
a four port fast ethernet switch, and a fast ethernet wan port which
was sold by PowerCloud Systems as hardware for the Skydog
cloud-managed router service.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47939
Kernel part of support for PowerCloud CAP324 Cloud AP.
The CAP324 Cloud AP was a device sold by PowerCloud Systems as hardware for
the CloudCommand service for 'cloud' based managment of large numbers
access points.
The CAP324 is a dual-band 802.11n wireless access point with 16MB flash
and 128MB RAM and single gigabit ethernet port. It can be powered via PoE
or a power adaptor.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
SVN-Revision: 47938
Commit r47866 dropped default values which were handling WAN interface
at port 0. Fix it by handling 2 more cases on NVRAM values.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47932
Based off of the GW2391-C, but with the following changes:
* 4x4in to 4x5in pcb
* flat panel connector for LED signals
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 47920
Still unused, but u-boot doesn't take care of the led, which results in a
permanent switched on 5GHz LED.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 47915
- Use common OpenWrt blink patterns instead of custom ones
- Add preinit_regular hook
- Handle the TDW89X0 that does not have a configurable power LED
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 47914
This patch configures the correct ath9k WLAN LED polarity for the TDW8970.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 47913
The TDW8970 has a AR9381, which is the bgn 3x3:3 variant of the AR938x family.
The TDW8980 has a AR9287, which is the bgn 2x2:2 variant of the AR928x family.
This means that the chip for both routers is 2.4 GHz only.
Anyway, the manufacturer didn't disable the 5 GHz band in the EEPROM partition
(at least on my TDW8970).
So this patch disables the 5 GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 47912
Zero config value for default memory region means 'memory', not
not 'disabled' according to 'Control Registers Of The Coherency
Manager' manual.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47906
Since now we hopefully setup memory regions properly we no longer need this hack.
Tested and works on ubnt-erx.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47905
Only compile tested since I do not have any hardware with
devices on pcie bus.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47904
This router is based on MT7621 SoC, no wifi, no usb, nand.
Works:
* Boots.
* Ethernet.
* Switch.
* Button (reset).
* Flashing OpenWrt from stock firmware.
* Upgrading OpenWrt.
Doesn't work:
* No GPIO leds. All leds are controlled by switch,
but stock firmware was able to control them.
* SoC has crypto engine but no open driver.
* SoC has nat acceleration, but no open driver.
* This router has 2MB spi flash soldered in but MT
nand/spi drivers do not support pin sharing,
so it is not accessable and disabled. Stock
firmware could read it and it was empty.
* PoE out.
Router has serial pins populated. If looking at the top
of the router, then counting from Eth sockets pins go as:
'GND, RX, TX, GND'. 3.3v, 57600.
U-boot bootloader supports tftpboot, controlled from serial.
This router has two kernel partitions: 'live' and 'backup'.
They are swapped during flashing (on both stock and OpenWrt).
Active partition is controlled by a flag in a factory partition.
U-boot has custom command to switch active kernel partition.
Kernel partitions are 'bare flash' 3MB. Stock bootloader has
no UBI support. Stock rootfs is UBIFS.
Flashing procedure.
Stock firmware uses custom kernel patch to mount squashfs
from a file that is located on UBIFS volume. This makes wiping
out this volume from within stock firmware difficult.
Instead this patch builds image that is flashable by stock firmware
and contains initrams image (with minimal set of packages
to fit into kernel partition). Once this is flashed one can reboot
into initramfs OpenWrt and use sysupgrade to flash OpenWrt including
rootfs into nand.
Note: factory image is only built if initramfs image is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47881
This patch adds support for Cisco's MR18.
Detailed instructions for the flashing the device can
be found in the OpenWrt forum thread:
<https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=59248>
Signed-off-by: Chris R Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47878
Partitions defined in parent dtsi cannot be undefined in children.
This moves partitions defined in mt7621.dtsi into board's device tree.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47876
* Switches clocksource to gic timer.
* Moves frequency definitions to dtsi since frequency was hardcoded anyway
Will work on proper frequency detection later.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47875
Replace former uci-defaults.sh implementation with the uci-defaults-new.sh one
and update all users accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47867
Because of dsl-vrx200-firmware-xdsl-* there's no need anymore to
download a dsl firmware at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47851
The switch to uci-defaults-new.sh revealed a bug in the former used
uci-defaults.sh, which failed to add leds with colons in the led name.
This bug isn't any longer present in uci-defaults-new.sh and therefore
all via DT defined leds will be added to /etc/config/system with their initial
on/off state, regardless whether they are already added by the board specific
led mappings.
This results for a BTHOMEHUBV5A into the following led configuration:
- soc:blue:power is added as led_power with the initial state "switched on"
- soc:blue:power is added as led_soc_blue_power with the initial state "switched off"
With the final result of a switched off power led after boot.
The only led that needs to be added is the BTHOMEHUBV5A specific dimmed led.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 47850
This patch just extends target/linux/ar71xx/image/Makefile to build
images also for version 2.1 of TL-WR710N
patch against the latest git
Signed off by: Norbert Wegener <nw@wegener-net.de>
SVN-Revision: 47849
The MR18 uses a 3-channel 16-bit PWM Constant Current Driver
for its status LED.
Signed-off-by: Chris R Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47848
The board is based on mt7621AT cpu, and has 16mb nor flash, 256mb of ram,
2 sata ports, microsd card slot, 1 USB 3.0 port and at least one 2.4 and
one 5 ghz antenna.
This is the 6th submission that adds support for XHCI in the device tree
file, along with switching the location of the 2 radio's and addition of
the kmod-i2c-mt7621 in the default packages of the profile.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
SVN-Revision: 47845
The PBR-M1 support in current OpenWrt is for the early demo board and it doesn't work on the final board.This patch fixes the support for it.
The LED called pbr-m1:buzzer is a beeper connected to GPIO26 so I used gpio-beeper instead of gpio-leds.
Signed-off-by: 郭传鈜 <gch981213@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47844
* Switches clocksource to gic timer.
* Moves frequency definitions to dtsi since frequency was hardcoded anyway
Will work on proper frequency detection later.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47843
Enables CPS multiprocessing instead ob obsoleted CMP for mt7621.
This patch fixes a few issues currently existing on 4.3 kernel with at least ubnt-erx:
* iperf shows only 50Mbits on direct gigabit connection to desktop,
* ping times jump to 5-6ms to dorectly connected desktop
* /proc/interrupts shows spurious interrups (ERR)
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47842
This resolves compilation warnings like this:
drivers/gpio/gpio-mt7621.c: In function 'mediatek_gpio_probe':
drivers/gpio/gpio-mt7621.c:328:46: warning: passing argument 2 of 'irq_set_chained_handler' from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
irq_set_chained_handler(mediatek_gpio_irq, mediatek_gpio_irq_handler);
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47841
Change the case switch to reflect the value used in the corresponding
device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47833
Use kernel arch for dts compilation.
Also use Image/BuildDTB to build dts for ramips.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47823
This replaces old bcm53xx patch for scanning whole flash and makes
bcm47xxpart compatible with NAND.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47800
Starting with r47755 the pppoe wan interface section isn't any longer added to
the network config on firstboot, using the default configuration. Since the
commit message does not mention such a change, I assume that this wasn't
intentionally.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 47793
Now that we have redistributable vdsl/adsl firmware blobs in /lib/firmware,
we can drop the dsl_fw partition and extend the firmware partition.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47783
Now that IPV6 isn't build as a module anymore, we don't need to decouple
bridge from ipv6 anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47751
In old days mtd_add_partition was checking for partitions overlapping
which was breaking our splitting feature. We had to modify this function
by adding an extra bool dup_check parameter. Upstream commit:
3a434f66e6da ("mtd: part: Remove partition overlap checks")
removed that check so we don't need our modification anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47748
For a long time we have a dedicated firmware splitter for uimage as a
replacement for the one builtin into mtd subsystem. For a year we got a
proper warning for users sticking to the old one (r43700). It should be
really safe to drop it now, especially since we do it for 4.4 only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47747
Include /lib/functions/system.sh in 02_network to define missing
mtd_get_mac_binary() procedure.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47723
This removes calls to ucidef_set_interfaces_lan_wan() and
ucidef_set_interfaces_lan() on boards where all relevant info can be
inferred from the switch definition.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47722
This changes uci-defaults-new.sh, config_generate and all relevant board.d
files in order combine ucidef_add_switch() and ucidef_add_switch_ports() into
a single function.
Also removes now superfluous enable and reset arguments.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47721
Out of 69 switch definitions, only 3 pass something different than "1" as
values for reset and enable, with one of those three being invalid.
This change ...
* removes the reset and enable arguments from ucidef_add_switch()
* unconditionally writes reset:1 and enable:1 to JSON
* converts the three users of nonstandard values to ucidef_add_switch_attr()
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47720
This migrates the final board.d user of ucidef_add_switch_vlan() to the new
ucidef_add_switch_ports() approach, fixing some logic errors for a few boards
along the way.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47717
Overlayfs stacking was broken in 4.1.12 but now fixed in upstream branch.
Stacking allows experimenting with configurations without the need to
reset a device to factory config.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47714
This patch adds support for the NuCom R5010UNv2.
It's a BCM6328 based board. It has an onboard BCM43217 wifi chip. For this
wifi chip looks like the brcmsmac driver isn't still supported, b43 drivers are used
for the profile of the router.
It's worth mentioning this board was affected by a bug solved with
https://dev.openwrt.org/changeset/46707
Tested-by: Angel Fontan <angel.fontan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47697
Eth0 is attached to mac0 of the switch with a fixed link and and not to
phy4 in single phy mode, so configuring it to anything but 1000FD will
break the connection, which will happen if a only 100 Mbit capapble device
is plugged into the wan port.
Fix this by not taking the state from phy4 and just configuring a fixed link
for eth0.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47695
This updates the iProc PCIe driver to the version currently submitted
for kernel 4.5.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47688
Broadcom submitted new SMP patches for this SoC to upstream Linux, add
them to OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47687
This also deactivates some workaround for erratas only seen in older
CPU cores and L2 cores not used in this SoC.
This partly reverts commit r44947.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47686
This patch is currently placed directly behind the SMP patches and has
nothing to do with SMP, move it to an other position.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47685
netis WF-2881 is an MT7621AT based router with MT7602EN, MT7612EN.
It has 128MB DDR3, 128MB SLC NAND FLASH, 5-port Gbps switch and 1x USB 3.0.
The following patch adds support for this device.
this device only works on top of UBI.
Tested and working:
* ethernet
* both WiFi radios
* USB 3.0
* buttons (reset button)
* ethernet switch and USB diag LEDs
* UART
* GPIOs
* sysupgrade
Tested and not working
* failsafe
Signed-off-by: YounJae Rho <luxflow@live.com>
SVN-Revision: 47619
V2:
The KD-20 also has USB 3.0.I modiy the set_irq_affinity usb 2 to set_irq_affinity ?hci_hcd 2 to bind usb 2.0&3.0 to cpu1.
Signed-off-by: Shonn Lu <countrysideboy@qq.com>
SVN-Revision: 47618
Changes since V1:
I resend this patch for current trunk.The former V1 patch is for CC branch.
Signed-off-by: Shonn Lu <countrysideboy@qq.com>
SVN-Revision: 47617
Roll back the mvebu conversion to board detection code as we need to fix
some strcutural issues first.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
SVN-Revision: 47597
This patch introduces support of new boards with ARC cores.
[1] Synopsys SDP board
This is a new-generation development board from Synopsys that
consists of base-board and CPU tile-board (which might have a real
ASIC or FPGA with CPU image).
It sports a lot of DesignWare peripherals like GMAC, USB, SPI, I2C
etc and is intended to be used for early development of ARC-based
products.
[2] nSIM
This is a virtual board implemented in Synopsys proprietary
software simulator (even though available for free for open source
community). This board has only serial port as a peripheral and so
it is meant to be used for runtime testing which is especially
useful during bring-up of new tools and platforms.
What's also important ARC cores are very configurable so there're
many variations of options like cache sizes, their line lengths,
additional hardware blocks like multipliers, dividers etc. And this
board could be used to make sure built software still runs on
different HW configurations.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jow@openwrt.org>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jogo@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
SVN-Revision: 47589
Support is present in 3.19 and above as kernel commit:
fcc87a95195236b0935183361a72e4a98bf577d8
Changes to other existing patches are a result of "make target/linux/refresh".
Signed-off-by: Srdjan Rosic <srdjan.rosic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Srdjan Rosic <rosic@google.com>
SVN-Revision: 47588
* use kernel buildin transfer_one_message. we only need to implement
transfer_one and set_cs function
* should support use gpio as cs pin
* deselected the spi device when setup and add debug info
* only reset device when first driver probe
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47579
before spi transfer. use spi_prepare_message to setup spi hardware. it
will setup MSB, spi mode and speed
remove sys_freq member and speed check code
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47578
* check clock rate, SPI mode, and word sizes
* setup spi polarity
* enable spi1 hw if need
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47577
* fill struct according to the member order
* add error clean up
* set min/max spi speed. so we don't need to check again
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47576
use loops_per_jiffy, spi clock speed and write bytes to get the
spi loop count. if loop to 0 than spi operation timeout.
remove usleep. we only write 1 byte to spi device. use busy loop
would be better.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47575
This patch adds the posibility to config the led behaviour of the lantiq phys
over the devicetree bindings.It patches the 0023-NET-PHY-adds-driver-for-lantiq-PHY11G
for 3.18 and 4.1. I have also added a register description overview for
applicable values. This goes to the documentation folder in the linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47566
It turned out that mtk_nand driver uses some sophisticated accounting and a
general nand code must be patched.
This patch adds required read and erase calls to a general nand code. I
used a code for re6500 released by Linksys as a reference.
All required operations (erase, write and read) are usable. However I found
that jffs2 filesystem can be created only on top of a ubi volume. I tried
to create jffs2 directly on mtd device but pages with clean markers are
became uncorrectable.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Berezin <fyiwdt@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47565
This patch improves the default configuration of DWC2 on lantiq SoCs
somewhat:
* Set maximum packet count to largest allowed value by the DWC2 (511)
* Use 16-bit DMA bursts
* Divide fifo buffers more evenly
Default fifo buffer sizes from original ltq-hcd driver seem really
irrational. For example according to DWC2 data book rxfifo size of 240
will not fit even a single full length USB packet. On the other hand
non-periodic tx fifo size of 240 is more than enough to fit one complete
packet.
Change the sizes around to improve the situation and to fix some issues
especially with isochronous USB transfers.
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 47563
The hwid check was wrong, causing the AR71XX_MODEL value to end with a
space (as $hwver was unset).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 47553
r47218 was missing needed changes which were accidentally
ommitted from the patch.
This should fix#20878
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
SVN-Revision: 47552
When fixing the model string for WNDR3700v2 which contain a model string
followed by 0xff in r46455, the match for other versions of the WNDR3700v2
which just contain lots of 0xff broke (as the 0xff $model is checked for
is stripped off).
Fix by stripping off non-printable characters only for the actual output
string, but not for the internal matching.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
SVN-Revision: 47538
Removed video related kernel params that are only appropriate for the
Freescale downstream vendor kernel and not appriate for mainline linux.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 47532
The 206-ARM-imx-ventana-added-GW16083-to-device-tree.patch merged wrong in
the conversion from 3.18 to 4.1. This patch resolves that and puts the
device-tree nodes in the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 47510
Replace the ventana ubi images from a single rootfs volume containing the
rootfs as well as kernel+dtbs in the boot/ subdir to a multi-volume ubi
containing kernel+dtbs+bootscript in 'root' ubifs volume, rootfs in 'rootfs'
squasfs volume, and rootfs_data an empty ubifs volume.
At the same time move ventana image creation over to using the new
TARGET_DEVICE syntax as a cleanup.
Additionally removed FIT image creation as it is recommended that this be
done manually to produce signed FIT images if needed.
Note that a bootscript is needed for Ventana to change its default mtdparts
to rename the 2nd partition from 'rootfs' to 'ubi'. This is because there
are patches in OpenWrt kernels that try to auto-attach and auto-mount and these
get in the way if the mtd partition is named 'rootfs'.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 47508
Upstream patch: e9d6d6b62f306ba83e1441af5daf2809a6167474
Add support for the Gateworks GW5510 board featuring:
* i.MX6 SoC
* up to 512MB DDR3
* up to 2GB NAND flash
* 1x miniPCIe socket (with USB)
* HDMI out (micro-HDMI)
* HDMI in (micro-HDMI) (currently supported by only vendor kernel)
* TTL level I/O (supported by GW16111 breakout board):
* I2C
* 2x UART
* CAN
* 2x DIO (GPIO/PWM)
* USB OTG
Also add support to OpenWrt build system
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
SVN-Revision: 47505
compat-wireless/backports now contains a bcm47xx_nvram.h file to
backport some of the functions in it which are used by the bcmfmac
driver. This file just checks for the kernel versions and provide an
empty implementations on older kernel versions. This is OK on most
systems, but on bcm47xx / bcm53xx systems we want to call the real
functions here. This commit removes the file from backports in our
build process like we do it with the bcma and ssb header files. Instead
we add a recent version into our kernel so all code uses only one
header file. On bcm47xx / bcm53xx the real implementations of this code
will be used.
Reported-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47467
This is based on patches from Federico Fissore <f.fissore@arduino.cc>
especially this one:
7e2976fa83
The console is running with 250000 baud which is a non standard baud
rate and needs an extra patch to be applied, I will try to get this
patch upstream or something else which accomplish the same.
Some upstream code looks like there are many different versions of this
SoC, are these only internal versions and all versions on the consumer
market are the same? I saw different GPIO configuration and flash sizes
of 8MB and 16MB?
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47451
The Arduino Yun uses a baud rate of 250000 by default. The serial is
going over the Atmel ATmega and is used to connect to this chip.
Without this patch Linux wants to switch the console to 230400 Baud.
With this patch Linux will use the configured baud rate and not some
standard one which is near by.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47450
Add access to the function2 gpio register. This probably has to be
converted into a pimux driver later on. This is needed for some setup
functions on the Arduino Yun.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SVN-Revision: 47449
This automatically writes to the alternate firmware partition
(on Linksys's dual firmware layout) using code borrowed from
the WRT1900AC port.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Leite <leitec@staticky.com>
SVN-Revision: 47434
